feat: add glfw+opengl3 backend option to build.zig

README.md

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# zgui v0.9.5 - dear imgui bindings
+# zgui v0.9.6 - dear imgui (1.89.4) bindings
 
 Easy to use, hand-crafted API with default arguments, named parameters and Zig style text formatting. For a test application please see [here](https://github.com/michal-z/zig-gamedev/tree/main/samples/gui_test_wgpu).
 
@@ -26,26 +26,24 @@ const zpool = @import("libs/zpool/build.zig");
 
 pub fn build(b: *std.Build) void {
     ...
-    const zgui_pkg = zgui.package(b, .{
+    const optimize = b.standardOptimizeOption(.{});
+    const target = b.standardTargetOptions(.{});
+
+    const zgui_pkg = zgui.package(b, target, optimize, .{
         .options = .{ .backend = .glfw_wgpu },
     });
 
-    exe.addModule("zgui", zgui_pkg.module);
+    zgui_pkg.link(exe);
-
-    zgui.link(exe, zgui_pkg.options);
     
     // Needed for glfw/wgpu rendering backend
-    const zglfw_pkg = zglfw.package(b, .{});
+    const zglfw_pkg = zglfw.package(b, target, optimize, .{});
-    const zpool_pkg = zpool.package(b, .{});
+    const zpool_pkg = zpool.package(b, target, optimize, .{});
-    const zgpu_pkg = zgpu.package(b, .{
+    const zgpu_pkg = zgpu.package(b, target, optimize, .{
-        .deps = .{ .zpool = zpool_pkg.module, .zglfw = zglfw_pkg.module },
+        .deps = .{ .zpool = zpool_pkg.zpool, .zglfw = zglfw_pkg.zglfw },
     });
 
-    exe.addModule("zgpu", zgpu_pkg.module);
+    zglfw_pkg.link(exe);
-    exe.addModule("zglfw", zglfw_pkg.module);
+    zgpu_pkg.link(exe);
-
-    zglfw.link(exe);
-    zgpu.link(exe);
 }
 ```
 Now in your code you may import and use `zgui`:
@@ -93,6 +91,26 @@ while (...) {
 }
 ```
 
+### Building a shared library
+
+If your project spans multiple zig modules that both use ImGui, such as an exe paired with a dll, you may want to build the `zgui` dependencies (`zgui_pkg.zgui_c_cpp`) as a shared library. This can be enabled with the `shared` build option. Then, in `build.zig`, use `zgui_pkg.link` to link `zgui` to all the modules that use ImGui.
+
+When built this way, the ImGui context will be located in the shared library. However, the `zgui` zig code (which is compiled separately into each module) requires its own memory buffer which has to be initialized separately with `initNoContext`.
+
+In your executable:
+```zig
+const zgui = @import("zgui");
+zgui.init(allocator);
+defer zgui.deinit();
+```
+
+In your shared library:
+```zig
+const zgui = @import("zgui");
+zgui.initNoContext(allocator);
+defer zgui.deinitNoContxt();
+```
+
 ### DrawList API
 
 ```zig

build.zig

@@ -4,81 +4,123 @@ pub const Backend = enum {
     no_backend,
     glfw_wgpu,
     win32_dx12,
+    glfw_opengl3,
+    sdl2_opengl3,
 };
 
 pub const Options = struct {
     backend: Backend,
+    shared: bool = false,
 };
 
 pub const Package = struct {
-    module: *std.Build.Module,
     options: Options,
-    options_module: *std.Build.Module,
+    zgui: *std.Build.Module,
+    zgui_options: *std.Build.Module,
+    zgui_c_cpp: *std.Build.CompileStep,
+
+    pub fn link(pkg: Package, exe: *std.Build.CompileStep) void {
+        exe.linkLibrary(pkg.zgui_c_cpp);
+        exe.addModule("zgui", pkg.zgui);
+    }
 };
 
 pub fn package(
     b: *std.Build,
+    target: std.zig.CrossTarget,
+    optimize: std.builtin.Mode,
     args: struct {
         options: Options,
     },
 ) Package {
     const step = b.addOptions();
     step.addOption(Backend, "backend", args.options.backend);
+    step.addOption(bool, "shared", args.options.shared);
 
-    const options_module = step.createModule();
+    const zgui_options = step.createModule();
 
-    const module = b.createModule(.{
+    const zgui = b.createModule(.{
         .source_file = .{ .path = thisDir() ++ "/src/main.zig" },
         .dependencies = &.{
-            .{ .name = "zgui_options", .module = options_module },
+            .{ .name = "zgui_options", .module = zgui_options },
         },
     });
 
+    const zgui_c_cpp = if (args.options.shared) blk: {
+        const lib = b.addSharedLibrary(.{
+            .name = "zgui",
+            .target = target,
+            .optimize = optimize,
+        });
+
+        lib.install();
+        if (target.isWindows()) {
+            lib.defineCMacro("IMGUI_API", "__declspec(dllexport)");
+            lib.defineCMacro("IMPLOT_API", "__declspec(dllexport)");
+            lib.defineCMacro("ZGUI_API", "__declspec(dllexport)");
+        }
+
+        break :blk lib;
+    } else b.addStaticLibrary(.{
+        .name = "zgui",
+        .target = target,
+        .optimize = optimize,
+    });
+
+    zgui_c_cpp.addIncludePath(thisDir() ++ "/libs");
+    zgui_c_cpp.addIncludePath(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui");
+
+    zgui_c_cpp.linkLibC();
+    zgui_c_cpp.linkLibCpp();
+
+    const cflags = &.{"-fno-sanitize=undefined"};
+
+    zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/src/zgui.cpp", cflags);
+
+    zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/imgui.cpp", cflags);
+    zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp", cflags);
+    zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp", cflags);
+    zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp", cflags);
+    zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp", cflags);
+
+    zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/implot_demo.cpp", cflags);
+    zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/implot.cpp", cflags);
+    zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/implot_items.cpp", cflags);
+
+    switch (args.options.backend) {
+        .glfw_wgpu => {
+            zgui_c_cpp.addIncludePath(thisDir() ++ "/../zglfw/libs/glfw/include");
+            zgui_c_cpp.addIncludePath(thisDir() ++ "/../zgpu/libs/dawn/include");
+            zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp", cflags);
+            zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp", cflags);
+        },
+        .glfw_opengl3 => {
+            zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp", cflags);
+            zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp", cflags);
+        },
+        .win32_dx12 => {
+            zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp", cflags);
+            zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.cpp", cflags);
+            zgui_c_cpp.linkSystemLibraryName("d3dcompiler_47");
+            zgui_c_cpp.linkSystemLibraryName("dwmapi");
+        },
+        .sdl2_opengl3 => {
+            zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp", cflags);
+            zgui_c_cpp.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp", cflags);
+        },
+        .no_backend => {},
+    }
+
     return .{
-        .module = module,
         .options = args.options,
-        .options_module = options_module,
+        .zgui = zgui,
+        .zgui_options = zgui_options,
+        .zgui_c_cpp = zgui_c_cpp,
     };
 }
 
 pub fn build(_: *std.Build) void {}
 
-pub fn link(exe: *std.Build.CompileStep, options: Options) void {
-    exe.addIncludePath(thisDir() ++ "/libs");
-    exe.addIncludePath(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui");
-
-    exe.linkSystemLibraryName("c");
-    exe.linkSystemLibraryName("c++");
-
-    const cflags = &.{"-fno-sanitize=undefined"};
-
-    exe.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/src/zgui.cpp", cflags);
-
-    exe.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/imgui.cpp", cflags);
-    exe.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp", cflags);
-    exe.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp", cflags);
-    exe.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp", cflags);
-    exe.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp", cflags);
-
-    exe.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/implot_demo.cpp", cflags);
-    exe.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/implot.cpp", cflags);
-    exe.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/implot_items.cpp", cflags);
-
-    switch (options.backend) {
-        .glfw_wgpu => {
-            exe.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp", cflags);
-            exe.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp", cflags);
-        },
-        .win32_dx12 => {
-            exe.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp", cflags);
-            exe.addCSourceFile(thisDir() ++ "/libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.cpp", cflags);
-            exe.linkSystemLibraryName("d3dcompiler_47");
-            exe.linkSystemLibraryName("dwmapi");
-        },
-        .no_backend => {},
-    }
-}
-
 inline fn thisDir() []const u8 {
     return comptime std.fs.path.dirname(@src().file) orelse ".";
 }

libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp

@@ -67,6 +67,7 @@
 #endif
 
 // GLFW
+#define GLFW_INCLUDE_NONE
 #include <GLFW/glfw3.h>
 #ifdef _WIN32
 #undef APIENTRY

libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,897 @@
+// dear imgui: Renderer Backend for modern OpenGL with shaders / programmatic pipeline
+// - Desktop GL: 2.x 3.x 4.x
+// - Embedded GL: ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0), ES 3.0 (WebGL 2.0)
+// This needs to be used along with a Platform Backend (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..)
+
+// Implemented features:
+//  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!
+//  [x] Renderer: Desktop GL only: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.
+
+// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
+// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp.
+// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs
+
+// CHANGELOG
+// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
+//  2022-11-09: OpenGL: Reverted use of glBufferSubData(), too many corruptions issues + old issues seemingly can't be reproed with Intel drivers nowadays (revert 2021-12-15 and 2022-05-23 changes).
+//  2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11.
+//  2022-09-27: OpenGL: Added ability to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG'.
+//  2022-05-23: OpenGL: Reworking 2021-12-15 "Using buffer orphaning" so it only happens on Intel GPU, seems to cause problems otherwise. (#4468, #4825, #4832, #5127).
+//  2022-05-13: OpenGL: Fix state corruption on OpenGL ES 2.0 due to not preserving GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING and vertex attribute states.
+//  2021-12-15: OpenGL: Using buffer orphaning + glBufferSubData(), seems to fix leaks with multi-viewports with some Intel HD drivers.
+//  2021-08-23: OpenGL: Fixed ES 3.0 shader ("#version 300 es") use normal precision floats to avoid wobbly rendering at HD resolutions.
+//  2021-08-19: OpenGL: Embed and use our own minimal GL loader (imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h), removing requirement and support for third-party loader.
+//  2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX).
+//  2021-06-25: OpenGL: Use OES_vertex_array extension on Emscripten + backup/restore current state.
+//  2021-06-21: OpenGL: Destroy individual vertex/fragment shader objects right after they are linked into the main shader.
+//  2021-05-24: OpenGL: Access GL_CLIP_ORIGIN when "GL_ARB_clip_control" extension is detected, inside of just OpenGL 4.5 version.
+//  2021-05-19: OpenGL: Replaced direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId with a call to ImDrawCmd::GetTexID(). (will become a requirement)
+//  2021-04-06: OpenGL: Don't try to read GL_CLIP_ORIGIN unless we're OpenGL 4.5 or greater.
+//  2021-02-18: OpenGL: Change blending equation to preserve alpha in output buffer.
+//  2021-01-03: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_STENCIL_TEST state.
+//  2020-10-23: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART state.
+//  2020-10-15: OpenGL: Use glGetString(GL_VERSION) instead of glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, ...) when the later returns zero (e.g. Desktop GL 2.x)
+//  2020-09-17: OpenGL: Fix to avoid compiling/calling glBindSampler() on ES or pre 3.3 context which have the defines set by a loader.
+//  2020-07-10: OpenGL: Added support for glad2 OpenGL loader.
+//  2020-05-08: OpenGL: Made default GLSL version 150 (instead of 130) on OSX.
+//  2020-04-21: OpenGL: Fixed handling of glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) by inverting projection matrix.
+//  2020-04-12: OpenGL: Fixed context version check mistakenly testing for 4.0+ instead of 3.2+ to enable ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset.
+//  2020-03-24: OpenGL: Added support for glbinding 2.x OpenGL loader.
+//  2020-01-07: OpenGL: Added support for glbinding 3.x OpenGL loader.
+//  2019-10-25: OpenGL: Using a combination of GL define and runtime GL version to decide whether to use glDrawElementsBaseVertex(). Fix building with pre-3.2 GL loaders.
+//  2019-09-22: OpenGL: Detect default GL loader using __has_include compiler facility.
+//  2019-09-16: OpenGL: Tweak initialization code to allow application calling ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture() before the first NewFrame() call.
+//  2019-05-29: OpenGL: Desktop GL only: Added support for large mesh (64K+ vertices), enable ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset flag.
+//  2019-04-30: OpenGL: Added support for special ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState callback to reset render state.
+//  2019-03-29: OpenGL: Not calling glBindBuffer more than necessary in the render loop.
+//  2019-03-15: OpenGL: Added a GL call + comments in ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() to detect uninitialized GL function loaders early.
+//  2019-03-03: OpenGL: Fix support for ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0).
+//  2019-02-20: OpenGL: Fix for OSX not supporting OpenGL 4.5, we don't try to read GL_CLIP_ORIGIN even if defined by the headers/loader.
+//  2019-02-11: OpenGL: Projecting clipping rectangles correctly using draw_data->FramebufferScale to allow multi-viewports for retina display.
+//  2019-02-01: OpenGL: Using GLSL 410 shaders for any version over 410 (e.g. 430, 450).
+//  2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendRendererName so it can be displayed in the About Window.
+//  2018-11-13: OpenGL: Support for GL 4.5's glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) / GL_CLIP_ORIGIN.
+//  2018-08-29: OpenGL: Added support for more OpenGL loaders: glew and glad, with comments indicative that any loader can be used.
+//  2018-08-09: OpenGL: Default to OpenGL ES 3 on iOS and Android. GLSL version default to "#version 300 ES".
+//  2018-07-30: OpenGL: Support for GLSL 300 ES and 410 core. Fixes for Emscripten compilation.
+//  2018-07-10: OpenGL: Support for more GLSL versions (based on the GLSL version string). Added error output when shaders fail to compile/link.
+//  2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW/SDL+OpenGL3 examples.
+//  2018-06-08: OpenGL: Use draw_data->DisplayPos and draw_data->DisplaySize to setup projection matrix and clipping rectangle.
+//  2018-05-25: OpenGL: Removed unnecessary backup/restore of GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING since this is part of the VAO state.
+//  2018-05-14: OpenGL: Making the call to glBindSampler() optional so 3.2 context won't fail if the function is a nullptr pointer.
+//  2018-03-06: OpenGL: Added const char* glsl_version parameter to ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() so user can override the GLSL version e.g. "#version 150".
+//  2018-02-23: OpenGL: Create the VAO in the render function so the setup can more easily be used with multiple shared GL context.
+//  2018-02-16: Misc: Obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback and exposed ImGui_ImplSdlGL3_RenderDrawData() in the .h file so you can call it yourself.
+//  2018-01-07: OpenGL: Changed GLSL shader version from 330 to 150.
+//  2017-09-01: OpenGL: Save and restore current bound sampler. Save and restore current polygon mode.
+//  2017-05-01: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current blend func state.
+//  2017-05-01: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE.
+//  2016-09-05: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current scissor rectangle.
+//  2016-07-29: OpenGL: Explicitly setting GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH to reduce issues because SDL changes it. (#752)
+
+//----------------------------------------
+// OpenGL    GLSL      GLSL
+// version   version   string
+//----------------------------------------
+//  2.0       110       "#version 110"
+//  2.1       120       "#version 120"
+//  3.0       130       "#version 130"
+//  3.1       140       "#version 140"
+//  3.2       150       "#version 150"
+//  3.3       330       "#version 330 core"
+//  4.0       400       "#version 400 core"
+//  4.1       410       "#version 410 core"
+//  4.2       420       "#version 410 core"
+//  4.3       430       "#version 430 core"
+//  ES 2.0    100       "#version 100"      = WebGL 1.0
+//  ES 3.0    300       "#version 300 es"   = WebGL 2.0
+//----------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#include "imgui_impl_opengl3.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier
+#include <stddef.h>     // intptr_t
+#else
+#include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t
+#endif
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <TargetConditionals.h>
+#endif
+
+// Clang warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"     // warning: use of old-style cast
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"    // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
+#endif
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type"   // warning: cast between incompatible function types
+#endif
+
+// GL includes
+#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
+#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV))
+#include <OpenGLES/ES2/gl.h>    // Use GL ES 2
+#else
+#include <GLES2/gl2.h>          // Use GL ES 2
+#endif
+#if defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
+#ifndef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+#define GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+#endif
+#include <GLES2/gl2ext.h>
+#endif
+#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV))
+#include <OpenGLES/ES3/gl.h>    // Use GL ES 3
+#else
+#include <GLES3/gl3.h>          // Use GL ES 3
+#endif
+#elif !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM)
+// Modern desktop OpenGL doesn't have a standard portable header file to load OpenGL function pointers.
+// Helper libraries are often used for this purpose! Here we are using our own minimal custom loader based on gl3w.
+// In the rest of your app/engine, you can use another loader of your choice (gl3w, glew, glad, glbinding, glext, glLoadGen, etc.).
+// If you happen to be developing a new feature for this backend (imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp):
+// - You may need to regenerate imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to add new symbols. See https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped
+// - You can temporarily use an unstripped version. See https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped/releases
+// Changes to this backend using new APIs should be accompanied by a regenerated stripped loader version.
+#define IMGL3W_IMPL
+#include "imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h"
+#endif
+
+// Vertex arrays are not supported on ES2/WebGL1 unless Emscripten which uses an extension
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+#define glBindVertexArray       glBindVertexArrayOES
+#define glGenVertexArrays       glGenVertexArraysOES
+#define glDeleteVertexArrays    glDeleteVertexArraysOES
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING_OES
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 2.0+ has glPolygonMode() which GL ES and WebGL don't have.
+#ifdef GL_POLYGON_MODE
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 3.2+ has glDrawElementsBaseVertex() which GL ES and WebGL don't have.
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_2)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 3.3+ has glBindSampler()
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_3)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL 3.1+ has GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART state
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_1)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
+#endif
+
+// Desktop GL use extension detection
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_EXTENSIONS
+#endif
+
+// [Debugging]
+//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+#define GL_CALL(_CALL)      do { _CALL; GLenum gl_err = glGetError(); if (gl_err != 0) fprintf(stderr, "GL error 0x%x returned from '%s'.\n", gl_err, #_CALL); } while (0)  // Call with error check
+#else
+#define GL_CALL(_CALL)      _CALL   // Call without error check
+#endif
+
+// OpenGL Data
+struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data
+{
+    GLuint          GlVersion;               // Extracted at runtime using GL_MAJOR_VERSION, GL_MINOR_VERSION queries (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2)
+    char            GlslVersionString[32];   // Specified by user or detected based on compile time GL settings.
+    GLuint          FontTexture;
+    GLuint          ShaderHandle;
+    GLint           AttribLocationTex;       // Uniforms location
+    GLint           AttribLocationProjMtx;
+    GLuint          AttribLocationVtxPos;    // Vertex attributes location
+    GLuint          AttribLocationVtxUV;
+    GLuint          AttribLocationVtxColor;
+    unsigned int    VboHandle, ElementsHandle;
+    GLsizeiptr      VertexBufferSize;
+    GLsizeiptr      IndexBufferSize;
+    bool            HasClipOrigin;
+    bool            UseBufferSubData;
+
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// Backend data stored in io.BackendRendererUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts
+// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts.
+static ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData()
+{
+    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : nullptr;
+}
+
+// OpenGL vertex attribute state (for ES 1.0 and ES 2.0 only)
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState
+{
+    GLint   Enabled, Size, Type, Normalized, Stride;
+    GLvoid* Ptr;
+
+    void GetState(GLint index)
+    {
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED, &Enabled);
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE, &Size);
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE, &Type);
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED, &Normalized);
+        glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE, &Stride);
+        glGetVertexAttribPointerv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER, &Ptr);
+    }
+    void SetState(GLint index)
+    {
+        glVertexAttribPointer(index, Size, Type, (GLboolean)Normalized, Stride, Ptr);
+        if (Enabled) glEnableVertexAttribArray(index); else glDisableVertexAttribArray(index);
+    }
+};
+#endif
+
+// Functions
+bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
+
+    // Initialize our loader
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM)
+    if (imgl3wInit() != 0)
+    {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Failed to initialize OpenGL loader!\n");
+        return false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Setup backend capabilities flags
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data)();
+    io.BackendRendererUserData = (void*)bd;
+    io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_opengl3";
+
+    // Query for GL version (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2)
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
+    GLint major = 0;
+    GLint minor = 0;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &major);
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_MINOR_VERSION, &minor);
+    if (major == 0 && minor == 0)
+    {
+        // Query GL_VERSION in desktop GL 2.x, the string will start with "<major>.<minor>"
+        const char* gl_version = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VERSION);
+        sscanf(gl_version, "%d.%d", &major, &minor);
+    }
+    bd->GlVersion = (GLuint)(major * 100 + minor * 10);
+
+    bd->UseBufferSubData = false;
+    /*
+    // Query vendor to enable glBufferSubData kludge
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    if (const char* vendor = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR))
+        if (strncmp(vendor, "Intel", 5) == 0)
+            bd->UseBufferSubData = true;
+#endif
+    */
+#else
+    bd->GlVersion = 200; // GLES 2
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG
+    printf("GL_MAJOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_MINOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_VENDOR = '%s'\nGL_RENDERER = '%s'\n", major, minor, (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR), (const char*)glGetString(GL_RENDERER)); // [DEBUG]
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)
+        io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset;  // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes.
+#endif
+
+    // Store GLSL version string so we can refer to it later in case we recreate shaders.
+    // Note: GLSL version is NOT the same as GL version. Leave this to nullptr if unsure.
+    if (glsl_version == nullptr)
+    {
+#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
+        glsl_version = "#version 100";
+#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+        glsl_version = "#version 300 es";
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+        glsl_version = "#version 150";
+#else
+        glsl_version = "#version 130";
+#endif
+    }
+    IM_ASSERT((int)strlen(glsl_version) + 2 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(bd->GlslVersionString));
+    strcpy(bd->GlslVersionString, glsl_version);
+    strcat(bd->GlslVersionString, "\n");
+
+    // Make an arbitrary GL call (we don't actually need the result)
+    // IF YOU GET A CRASH HERE: it probably means the OpenGL function loader didn't do its job. Let us know!
+    GLint current_texture;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &current_texture);
+
+    // Detect extensions we support
+    bd->HasClipOrigin = (bd->GlVersion >= 450);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_EXTENSIONS
+    GLint num_extensions = 0;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS, &num_extensions);
+    for (GLint i = 0; i < num_extensions; i++)
+    {
+        const char* extension = (const char*)glGetStringi(GL_EXTENSIONS, i);
+        if (extension != nullptr && strcmp(extension, "GL_ARB_clip_control") == 0)
+            bd->HasClipOrigin = true;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects();
+    io.BackendRendererName = nullptr;
+    io.BackendRendererUserData = nullptr;
+    IM_DELETE(bd);
+}
+
+void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init()?");
+
+    if (!bd->ShaderHandle)
+        ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects();
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_width, int fb_height, GLuint vertex_array_object)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+
+    // Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled, polygon fill
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+    glBlendEquation(GL_FUNC_ADD);
+    glBlendFuncSeparate(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+    glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
+    glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+    glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
+    glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 310)
+        glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART);
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE
+    glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, GL_FILL);
+#endif
+
+    // Support for GL 4.5 rarely used glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT)
+#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN)
+    bool clip_origin_lower_left = true;
+    if (bd->HasClipOrigin)
+    {
+        GLenum current_clip_origin = 0; glGetIntegerv(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN, (GLint*)&current_clip_origin);
+        if (current_clip_origin == GL_UPPER_LEFT)
+            clip_origin_lower_left = false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix
+    // Our visible imgui space lies from draw_data->DisplayPos (top left) to draw_data->DisplayPos+data_data->DisplaySize (bottom right). DisplayPos is (0,0) for single viewport apps.
+    GL_CALL(glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height));
+    float L = draw_data->DisplayPos.x;
+    float R = draw_data->DisplayPos.x + draw_data->DisplaySize.x;
+    float T = draw_data->DisplayPos.y;
+    float B = draw_data->DisplayPos.y + draw_data->DisplaySize.y;
+#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN)
+    if (!clip_origin_lower_left) { float tmp = T; T = B; B = tmp; } // Swap top and bottom if origin is upper left
+#endif
+    const float ortho_projection[4][4] =
+    {
+        { 2.0f/(R-L),   0.0f,         0.0f,   0.0f },
+        { 0.0f,         2.0f/(T-B),   0.0f,   0.0f },
+        { 0.0f,         0.0f,        -1.0f,   0.0f },
+        { (R+L)/(L-R),  (T+B)/(B-T),  0.0f,   1.0f },
+    };
+    glUseProgram(bd->ShaderHandle);
+    glUniform1i(bd->AttribLocationTex, 0);
+    glUniformMatrix4fv(bd->AttribLocationProjMtx, 1, GL_FALSE, &ortho_projection[0][0]);
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 330)
+        glBindSampler(0, 0); // We use combined texture/sampler state. Applications using GL 3.3 may set that otherwise.
+#endif
+
+    (void)vertex_array_object;
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glBindVertexArray(vertex_array_object);
+#endif
+
+    // Bind vertex/index buffers and setup attributes for ImDrawVert
+    GL_CALL(glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VboHandle));
+    GL_CALL(glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->ElementsHandle));
+    GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos));
+    GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV));
+    GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor));
+    GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos,   2, GL_FLOAT,         GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos)));
+    GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV,    2, GL_FLOAT,         GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv)));
+    GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor, 4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, GL_TRUE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col)));
+}
+
+// OpenGL3 Render function.
+// Note that this implementation is little overcomplicated because we are saving/setting up/restoring every OpenGL state explicitly.
+// This is in order to be able to run within an OpenGL engine that doesn't do so.
+void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
+{
+    // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates)
+    int fb_width = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.x * draw_data->FramebufferScale.x);
+    int fb_height = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.y * draw_data->FramebufferScale.y);
+    if (fb_width <= 0 || fb_height <= 0)
+        return;
+
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+
+    // Backup GL state
+    GLenum last_active_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE, (GLint*)&last_active_texture);
+    glActiveTexture(GL_TEXTURE0);
+    GLuint last_program; glGetIntegerv(GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM, (GLint*)&last_program);
+    GLuint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, (GLint*)&last_texture);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
+    GLuint last_sampler; if (bd->GlVersion >= 330) { glGetIntegerv(GL_SAMPLER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_sampler); } else { last_sampler = 0; }
+#endif
+    GLuint last_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_array_buffer);
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    // This is part of VAO on OpenGL 3.0+ and OpenGL ES 3.0+.
+    GLint last_element_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_element_array_buffer);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_pos; last_vtx_attrib_state_pos.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_uv; last_vtx_attrib_state_uv.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV);
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_color; last_vtx_attrib_state_color.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor);
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    GLuint last_vertex_array_object; glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_vertex_array_object);
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE
+    GLint last_polygon_mode[2]; glGetIntegerv(GL_POLYGON_MODE, last_polygon_mode);
+#endif
+    GLint last_viewport[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, last_viewport);
+    GLint last_scissor_box[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_SCISSOR_BOX, last_scissor_box);
+    GLenum last_blend_src_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_src_rgb);
+    GLenum last_blend_dst_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_DST_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_dst_rgb);
+    GLenum last_blend_src_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_src_alpha);
+    GLenum last_blend_dst_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_dst_alpha);
+    GLenum last_blend_equation_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_equation_rgb);
+    GLenum last_blend_equation_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_equation_alpha);
+    GLboolean last_enable_blend = glIsEnabled(GL_BLEND);
+    GLboolean last_enable_cull_face = glIsEnabled(GL_CULL_FACE);
+    GLboolean last_enable_depth_test = glIsEnabled(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+    GLboolean last_enable_stencil_test = glIsEnabled(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
+    GLboolean last_enable_scissor_test = glIsEnabled(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
+    GLboolean last_enable_primitive_restart = (bd->GlVersion >= 310) ? glIsEnabled(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART) : GL_FALSE;
+#endif
+
+    // Setup desired GL state
+    // Recreate the VAO every time (this is to easily allow multiple GL contexts to be rendered to. VAO are not shared among GL contexts)
+    // The renderer would actually work without any VAO bound, but then our VertexAttrib calls would overwrite the default one currently bound.
+    GLuint vertex_array_object = 0;
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    GL_CALL(glGenVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object));
+#endif
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object);
+
+    // Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
+    ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos;         // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports
+    ImVec2 clip_scale = draw_data->FramebufferScale; // (1,1) unless using retina display which are often (2,2)
+
+    // Render command lists
+    for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
+    {
+        const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
+
+        // Upload vertex/index buffers
+        // - OpenGL drivers are in a very sorry state nowadays....
+        //   During 2021 we attempted to switch from glBufferData() to orphaning+glBufferSubData() following reports
+        //   of leaks on Intel GPU when using multi-viewports on Windows.
+        // - After this we kept hearing of various display corruptions issues. We started disabling on non-Intel GPU, but issues still got reported on Intel.
+        // - We are now back to using exclusively glBufferData(). So bd->UseBufferSubData IS ALWAYS FALSE in this code.
+        //   We are keeping the old code path for a while in case people finding new issues may want to test the bd->UseBufferSubData path.
+        // - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4468 and please report any corruption issues.
+        const GLsizeiptr vtx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert);
+        const GLsizeiptr idx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx);
+        if (bd->UseBufferSubData)
+        {
+            if (bd->VertexBufferSize < vtx_buffer_size)
+            {
+                bd->VertexBufferSize = vtx_buffer_size;
+                GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VertexBufferSize, nullptr, GL_STREAM_DRAW));
+            }
+            if (bd->IndexBufferSize < idx_buffer_size)
+            {
+                bd->IndexBufferSize = idx_buffer_size;
+                GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->IndexBufferSize, nullptr, GL_STREAM_DRAW));
+            }
+            GL_CALL(glBufferSubData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data));
+            GL_CALL(glBufferSubData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW));
+            GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW));
+        }
+
+        for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
+        {
+            const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
+            if (pcmd->UserCallback != nullptr)
+            {
+                // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback()
+                // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.)
+                if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState)
+                    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object);
+                else
+                    pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
+                ImVec2 clip_min((pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y);
+                ImVec2 clip_max((pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y);
+                if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y)
+                    continue;
+
+                // Apply scissor/clipping rectangle (Y is inverted in OpenGL)
+                GL_CALL(glScissor((int)clip_min.x, (int)((float)fb_height - clip_max.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y)));
+
+                // Bind texture, Draw
+                GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->GetTexID()));
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
+                if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)
+                    GL_CALL(glDrawElementsBaseVertex(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)), (GLint)pcmd->VtxOffset));
+                else
+#endif
+                GL_CALL(glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx))));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Destroy the temporary VAO
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    GL_CALL(glDeleteVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object));
+#endif
+
+    // Restore modified GL state
+    glUseProgram(last_program);
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 330)
+        glBindSampler(0, last_sampler);
+#endif
+    glActiveTexture(last_active_texture);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array_object);
+#endif
+    glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer);
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_element_array_buffer);
+    last_vtx_attrib_state_pos.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos);
+    last_vtx_attrib_state_uv.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV);
+    last_vtx_attrib_state_color.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor);
+#endif
+    glBlendEquationSeparate(last_blend_equation_rgb, last_blend_equation_alpha);
+    glBlendFuncSeparate(last_blend_src_rgb, last_blend_dst_rgb, last_blend_src_alpha, last_blend_dst_alpha);
+    if (last_enable_blend) glEnable(GL_BLEND); else glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+    if (last_enable_cull_face) glEnable(GL_CULL_FACE); else glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
+    if (last_enable_depth_test) glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); else glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+    if (last_enable_stencil_test) glEnable(GL_STENCIL_TEST); else glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
+    if (last_enable_scissor_test) glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); else glDisable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 310) { if (last_enable_primitive_restart) glEnable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); else glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE
+    glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]);
+#endif
+    glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]);
+    glScissor(last_scissor_box[0], last_scissor_box[1], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[2], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[3]);
+    (void)bd; // Not all compilation paths use this
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture()
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+
+    // Build texture atlas
+    unsigned char* pixels;
+    int width, height;
+    io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height);   // Load as RGBA 32-bit (75% of the memory is wasted, but default font is so small) because it is more likely to be compatible with user's existing shaders. If your ImTextureId represent a higher-level concept than just a GL texture id, consider calling GetTexDataAsAlpha8() instead to save on GPU memory.
+
+    // Upload texture to graphics system
+    // (Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling)
+    GLint last_texture;
+    GL_CALL(glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture));
+    GL_CALL(glGenTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture));
+    GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, bd->FontTexture));
+    GL_CALL(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR));
+    GL_CALL(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR));
+#ifdef GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH // Not on WebGL/ES
+    GL_CALL(glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0));
+#endif
+    GL_CALL(glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels));
+
+    // Store our identifier
+    io.Fonts->SetTexID((ImTextureID)(intptr_t)bd->FontTexture);
+
+    // Restore state
+    GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture));
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture()
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->FontTexture)
+    {
+        glDeleteTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture);
+        io.Fonts->SetTexID(0);
+        bd->FontTexture = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+// If you get an error please report on github. You may try different GL context version or GLSL version. See GL<>GLSL version table at the top of this file.
+static bool CheckShader(GLuint handle, const char* desc)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    GLint status = 0, log_length = 0;
+    glGetShaderiv(handle, GL_COMPILE_STATUS, &status);
+    glGetShaderiv(handle, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &log_length);
+    if ((GLboolean)status == GL_FALSE)
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to compile %s! With GLSL: %s\n", desc, bd->GlslVersionString);
+    if (log_length > 1)
+    {
+        ImVector<char> buf;
+        buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1));
+        glGetShaderInfoLog(handle, log_length, nullptr, (GLchar*)buf.begin());
+        fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin());
+    }
+    return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+// If you get an error please report on GitHub. You may try different GL context version or GLSL version.
+static bool CheckProgram(GLuint handle, const char* desc)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    GLint status = 0, log_length = 0;
+    glGetProgramiv(handle, GL_LINK_STATUS, &status);
+    glGetProgramiv(handle, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &log_length);
+    if ((GLboolean)status == GL_FALSE)
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to link %s! With GLSL %s\n", desc, bd->GlslVersionString);
+    if (log_length > 1)
+    {
+        ImVector<char> buf;
+        buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1));
+        glGetProgramInfoLog(handle, log_length, nullptr, (GLchar*)buf.begin());
+        fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin());
+    }
+    return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+
+    // Backup GL state
+    GLint last_texture, last_array_buffer;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture);
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_array_buffer);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    GLint last_vertex_array;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, &last_vertex_array);
+#endif
+
+    // Parse GLSL version string
+    int glsl_version = 130;
+    sscanf(bd->GlslVersionString, "#version %d", &glsl_version);
+
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_120 =
+        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+        "attribute vec2 Position;\n"
+        "attribute vec2 UV;\n"
+        "attribute vec4 Color;\n"
+        "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_130 =
+        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+        "in vec2 Position;\n"
+        "in vec2 UV;\n"
+        "in vec4 Color;\n"
+        "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_300_es =
+        "precision highp float;\n"
+        "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n"
+        "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n"
+        "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n"
+        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+        "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_410_core =
+        "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n"
+        "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n"
+        "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n"
+        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+        "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_120 =
+        "#ifdef GL_ES\n"
+        "    precision mediump float;\n"
+        "#endif\n"
+        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+        "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    gl_FragColor = Frag_Color * texture2D(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_130 =
+        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+        "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_300_es =
+        "precision mediump float;\n"
+        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+        "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_410_core =
+        "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+        "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+        "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
+        "void main()\n"
+        "{\n"
+        "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+        "}\n";
+
+    // Select shaders matching our GLSL versions
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader = nullptr;
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader = nullptr;
+    if (glsl_version < 130)
+    {
+        vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_120;
+        fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_120;
+    }
+    else if (glsl_version >= 410)
+    {
+        vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_410_core;
+        fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_410_core;
+    }
+    else if (glsl_version == 300)
+    {
+        vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_300_es;
+        fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_300_es;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_130;
+        fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_130;
+    }
+
+    // Create shaders
+    const GLchar* vertex_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, vertex_shader };
+    GLuint vert_handle = glCreateShader(GL_VERTEX_SHADER);
+    glShaderSource(vert_handle, 2, vertex_shader_with_version, nullptr);
+    glCompileShader(vert_handle);
+    CheckShader(vert_handle, "vertex shader");
+
+    const GLchar* fragment_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, fragment_shader };
+    GLuint frag_handle = glCreateShader(GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER);
+    glShaderSource(frag_handle, 2, fragment_shader_with_version, nullptr);
+    glCompileShader(frag_handle);
+    CheckShader(frag_handle, "fragment shader");
+
+    // Link
+    bd->ShaderHandle = glCreateProgram();
+    glAttachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, vert_handle);
+    glAttachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, frag_handle);
+    glLinkProgram(bd->ShaderHandle);
+    CheckProgram(bd->ShaderHandle, "shader program");
+
+    glDetachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, vert_handle);
+    glDetachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, frag_handle);
+    glDeleteShader(vert_handle);
+    glDeleteShader(frag_handle);
+
+    bd->AttribLocationTex = glGetUniformLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Texture");
+    bd->AttribLocationProjMtx = glGetUniformLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "ProjMtx");
+    bd->AttribLocationVtxPos = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Position");
+    bd->AttribLocationVtxUV = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "UV");
+    bd->AttribLocationVtxColor = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Color");
+
+    // Create buffers
+    glGenBuffers(1, &bd->VboHandle);
+    glGenBuffers(1, &bd->ElementsHandle);
+
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture();
+
+    // Restore modified GL state
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture);
+    glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
+    glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array);
+#endif
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->VboHandle)      { glDeleteBuffers(1, &bd->VboHandle); bd->VboHandle = 0; }
+    if (bd->ElementsHandle) { glDeleteBuffers(1, &bd->ElementsHandle); bd->ElementsHandle = 0; }
+    if (bd->ShaderHandle)   { glDeleteProgram(bd->ShaderHandle); bd->ShaderHandle = 0; }
+    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture();
+}
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#endif

libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+// dear imgui: Renderer Backend for modern OpenGL with shaders / programmatic pipeline
+// - Desktop GL: 2.x 3.x 4.x
+// - Embedded GL: ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0), ES 3.0 (WebGL 2.0)
+// This needs to be used along with a Platform Backend (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..)
+
+// Implemented features:
+//  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!
+//  [x] Renderer: Desktop GL only: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.
+
+// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
+// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp.
+// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs
+
+// About GLSL version:
+//  The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter should be nullptr (default) or a "#version XXX" string.
+//  On computer platform the GLSL version default to "#version 130". On OpenGL ES 3 platform it defaults to "#version 300 es"
+//  Only override if your GL version doesn't handle this GLSL version. See GLSL version table at the top of imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp.
+
+#pragma once
+#include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API
+
+extern "C" {
+ // Backend API
+ IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version = nullptr);
+ IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
+ IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
+ IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data);
+
+ // (Optional) Called by Init/NewFrame/Shutdown
+ IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture();
+ IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture();
+ IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects();
+ IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects();
+}
+
+// Specific OpenGL ES versions
+//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2     // Auto-detected on Emscripten
+//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3     // Auto-detected on iOS/Android
+
+// You can explicitly select GLES2 or GLES3 API by using one of the '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_XXX' in imconfig.h or compiler command-line.
+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) \
+ && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
+
+// Try to detect GLES on matching platforms
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <TargetConditionals.h>
+#endif
+#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV)) || (defined(__ANDROID__))
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3               // iOS, Android  -> GL ES 3, "#version 300 es"
+#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) || defined(__amigaos4__)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2               // Emscripten    -> GL ES 2, "#version 100"
+#else
+// Otherwise imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h will be used.
+#endif
+
+#endif

libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h

@@ -0,0 +1,794 @@
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// About imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h:
+//
+// We embed our own OpenGL loader to not require user to provide their own or to have to use ours,
+// which proved to be endless problems for users.
+// Our loader is custom-generated, based on gl3w but automatically filtered to only include
+// enums/functions that we use in our imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp source file in order to be small.
+//
+// YOU SHOULD NOT NEED TO INCLUDE/USE THIS DIRECTLY. THIS IS USED BY imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ONLY.
+// THE REST OF YOUR APP SHOULD USE A DIFFERENT GL LOADER: ANY GL LOADER OF YOUR CHOICE.
+//
+// IF YOU GET BUILD ERRORS IN THIS FILE (commonly macro redefinitions or function redefinitions):
+// IT LIKELY MEANS THAT YOU ARE BUILDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp' OR INCUDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h'
+// IN THE SAME COMPILATION UNIT AS ONE OF YOUR FILE WHICH IS USING A THIRD-PARTY OPENGL LOADER.
+// (e.g. COULD HAPPEN IF YOU ARE DOING A UNITY/JUMBO BUILD, OR INCLUDING .CPP FILES FROM OTHERS)
+// YOU SHOULD NOT BUILD BOTH IN THE SAME COMPILATION UNIT.
+// BUT IF YOU REALLY WANT TO, you can '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM' and imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
+// WILL NOT BE USING OUR LOADER, AND INSTEAD EXPECT ANOTHER/YOUR LOADER TO BE AVAILABLE IN THE COMPILATION UNIT.
+//
+// Regenerate with:
+//   python gl3w_gen.py --output ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h --ref ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ./extra_symbols.txt
+//
+// More info:
+//   https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped
+//   https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4445
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*
+ * This file was generated with gl3w_gen.py, part of imgl3w
+ * (hosted at https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped)
+ *
+ * This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
+ *
+ * Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or
+ * distribute this software, either in source code form or as a compiled
+ * binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any
+ * means.
+ *
+ * In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors
+ * of this software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the
+ * software to the public domain. We make this dedication for the benefit
+ * of the public at large and to the detriment of our heirs and
+ * successors. We intend this dedication to be an overt act of
+ * relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this
+ * software under copyright law.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __gl3w_h_
+#define __gl3w_h_
+
+// Adapted from KHR/khrplatform.h to avoid including entire file.
+#ifndef __khrplatform_h_
+typedef          float         khronos_float_t;
+typedef signed   char          khronos_int8_t;
+typedef unsigned char          khronos_uint8_t;
+typedef signed   short int     khronos_int16_t;
+typedef unsigned short int     khronos_uint16_t;
+#ifdef _WIN64
+typedef signed   long long int khronos_intptr_t;
+typedef signed   long long int khronos_ssize_t;
+#else
+typedef signed   long  int     khronos_intptr_t;
+typedef signed   long  int     khronos_ssize_t;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
+typedef signed   __int64       khronos_int64_t;
+typedef unsigned __int64       khronos_uint64_t;
+#elif (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) && (__cplusplus < 201100)
+#include <stdint.h>
+typedef          int64_t       khronos_int64_t;
+typedef          uint64_t      khronos_uint64_t;
+#else
+typedef signed   long long     khronos_int64_t;
+typedef unsigned long long     khronos_uint64_t;
+#endif
+#endif  // __khrplatform_h_
+
+#ifndef __gl_glcorearb_h_
+#define __gl_glcorearb_h_ 1
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+/*
+** Copyright 2013-2020 The Khronos Group Inc.
+** SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+**
+** This header is generated from the Khronos OpenGL / OpenGL ES XML
+** API Registry. The current version of the Registry, generator scripts
+** used to make the header, and the header can be found at
+**   https://github.com/KhronosGroup/OpenGL-Registry
+*/
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(APIENTRY) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__)
+#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1
+#endif
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef APIENTRY
+#define APIENTRY
+#endif
+#ifndef APIENTRYP
+#define APIENTRYP APIENTRY *
+#endif
+#ifndef GLAPI
+#define GLAPI extern
+#endif
+/* glcorearb.h is for use with OpenGL core profile implementations.
+** It should should be placed in the same directory as gl.h and
+** included as <GL/glcorearb.h>.
+**
+** glcorearb.h includes only APIs in the latest OpenGL core profile
+** implementation together with APIs in newer ARB extensions which 
+** can be supported by the core profile. It does not, and never will
+** include functionality removed from the core profile, such as
+** fixed-function vertex and fragment processing.
+**
+** Do not #include both <GL/glcorearb.h> and either of <GL/gl.h> or
+** <GL/glext.h> in the same source file.
+*/
+/* Generated C header for:
+ * API: gl
+ * Profile: core
+ * Versions considered: .*
+ * Versions emitted: .*
+ * Default extensions included: glcore
+ * Additional extensions included: _nomatch_^
+ * Extensions removed: _nomatch_^
+ */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_0
+typedef void GLvoid;
+typedef unsigned int GLenum;
+
+typedef khronos_float_t GLfloat;
+typedef int GLint;
+typedef int GLsizei;
+typedef unsigned int GLbitfield;
+typedef double GLdouble;
+typedef unsigned int GLuint;
+typedef unsigned char GLboolean;
+typedef khronos_uint8_t GLubyte;
+#define GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT               0x00004000
+#define GL_FALSE                          0
+#define GL_TRUE                           1
+#define GL_TRIANGLES                      0x0004
+#define GL_ONE                            1
+#define GL_SRC_ALPHA                      0x0302
+#define GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA            0x0303
+#define GL_FRONT_AND_BACK                 0x0408
+#define GL_POLYGON_MODE                   0x0B40
+#define GL_CULL_FACE                      0x0B44
+#define GL_DEPTH_TEST                     0x0B71
+#define GL_STENCIL_TEST                   0x0B90
+#define GL_VIEWPORT                       0x0BA2
+#define GL_BLEND                          0x0BE2
+#define GL_SCISSOR_BOX                    0x0C10
+#define GL_SCISSOR_TEST                   0x0C11
+#define GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH              0x0CF2
+#define GL_PACK_ALIGNMENT                 0x0D05
+#define GL_TEXTURE_2D                     0x0DE1
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE                  0x1401
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT                 0x1403
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT                   0x1405
+#define GL_FLOAT                          0x1406
+#define GL_RGBA                           0x1908
+#define GL_FILL                           0x1B02
+#define GL_VENDOR                         0x1F00
+#define GL_RENDERER                       0x1F01
+#define GL_VERSION                        0x1F02
+#define GL_EXTENSIONS                     0x1F03
+#define GL_LINEAR                         0x2601
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER             0x2800
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER             0x2801
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum mode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSCISSORPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARPROC) (GLbitfield mask);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC) (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEPROC) (GLenum cap);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEPROC) (GLenum cap);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFLUSHPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, void *pixels);
+typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETERRORPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint *data);
+typedef const GLubyte *(APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC) (GLenum name);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISENABLEDPROC) (GLenum cap);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPolygonMode (GLenum face, GLenum mode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glScissor (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexParameteri (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClear (GLbitfield mask);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClearColor (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisable (GLenum cap);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnable (GLenum cap);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFlush (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelStorei (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReadPixels (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, void *pixels);
+GLAPI GLenum APIENTRY glGetError (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetIntegerv (GLenum pname, GLint *data);
+GLAPI const GLubyte *APIENTRY glGetString (GLenum name);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsEnabled (GLenum cap);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glViewport (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_0 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_1
+typedef khronos_float_t GLclampf;
+typedef double GLclampd;
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D             0x8069
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint texture);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *textures);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElements (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindTexture (GLenum target, GLuint texture);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteTextures (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenTextures (GLsizei n, GLuint *textures);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_1 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_3
+#define GL_TEXTURE0                       0x84C0
+#define GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE                 0x84E0
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC) (GLenum texture);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glActiveTexture (GLenum texture);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_3 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_4
+#define GL_BLEND_DST_RGB                  0x80C8
+#define GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB                  0x80C9
+#define GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA                0x80CA
+#define GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA                0x80CB
+#define GL_FUNC_ADD                       0x8006
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC) (GLenum mode);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendFuncSeparate (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquation (GLenum mode);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_4 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_5
+typedef khronos_ssize_t GLsizeiptr;
+typedef khronos_intptr_t GLintptr;
+#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER                   0x8892
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER           0x8893
+#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING           0x8894
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING   0x8895
+#define GL_STREAM_DRAW                    0x88E0
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data, GLenum usage);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC) (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindBuffer (GLenum target, GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteBuffers (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenBuffers (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferData (GLenum target, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data, GLenum usage);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferSubData (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_5 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_0
+typedef char GLchar;
+typedef khronos_int16_t GLshort;
+typedef khronos_int8_t GLbyte;
+typedef khronos_uint16_t GLushort;
+#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB             0x8009
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED    0x8622
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE       0x8623
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE     0x8624
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE       0x8625
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER    0x8645
+#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA           0x883D
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED 0x886A
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER                0x8B30
+#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER                  0x8B31
+#define GL_COMPILE_STATUS                 0x8B81
+#define GL_LINK_STATUS                    0x8B82
+#define GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH                0x8B84
+#define GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM                0x8B8D
+#define GL_UPPER_LEFT                     0x8CA2
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC) (GLuint shader);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC) (void);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC) (GLenum type);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC) (GLuint shader);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC) (GLuint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC) (GLuint index);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC) (GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC) (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC) (GLint location, GLint v0);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC) (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquationSeparate (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glAttachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompileShader (GLuint shader);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glCreateProgram (void);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glCreateShader (GLenum type);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteProgram (GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteShader (GLuint shader);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDetachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetAttribLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramiv (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramInfoLog (GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderiv (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderInfoLog (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetUniformLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribiv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribPointerv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glLinkProgram (GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glShaderSource (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUseProgram (GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1i (GLint location, GLint v0);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix4fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribPointer (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_2_0 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_0
+typedef khronos_uint16_t GLhalf;
+#define GL_MAJOR_VERSION                  0x821B
+#define GL_MINOR_VERSION                  0x821C
+#define GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS                 0x821D
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_SRGB               0x8DB9
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING           0x85B5
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBOOLEANI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLboolean *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint *data);
+typedef const GLubyte *(APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSTRINGIPROC) (GLenum name, GLuint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDVERTEXARRAYPROC) (GLuint array);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEVERTEXARRAYSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *arrays);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENVERTEXARRAYSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI const GLubyte *APIENTRY glGetStringi (GLenum name, GLuint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindVertexArray (GLuint array);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteVertexArrays (GLsizei n, const GLuint *arrays);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenVertexArrays (GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_0 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_1
+#define GL_VERSION_3_1 1
+#define GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART              0x8F9D
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_1 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_2
+#define GL_VERSION_3_2 1
+typedef struct __GLsync *GLsync;
+typedef khronos_uint64_t GLuint64;
+typedef khronos_int64_t GLint64;
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices, GLint basevertex);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGER64I_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint64 *data);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElementsBaseVertex (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices, GLint basevertex);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_2 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_3
+#define GL_VERSION_3_3 1
+#define GL_SAMPLER_BINDING                0x8919
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDSAMPLERPROC) (GLuint unit, GLuint sampler);
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindSampler (GLuint unit, GLuint sampler);
+#endif
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_3 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_1
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFLOATI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDOUBLEI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble *data);
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_1 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_3
+typedef void (APIENTRY  *GLDEBUGPROC)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,const void *userParam);
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_3 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_5
+#define GL_CLIP_ORIGIN                    0x935C
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTRANSFORMFEEDBACKI_VPROC) (GLuint xfb, GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLint *param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTRANSFORMFEEDBACKI64_VPROC) (GLuint xfb, GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLint64 *param);
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_5 */
+#ifndef GL_ARB_bindless_texture
+typedef khronos_uint64_t GLuint64EXT;
+#endif /* GL_ARB_bindless_texture */
+#ifndef GL_ARB_cl_event
+struct _cl_context;
+struct _cl_event;
+#endif /* GL_ARB_cl_event */
+#ifndef GL_ARB_clip_control
+#define GL_ARB_clip_control 1
+#endif /* GL_ARB_clip_control */
+#ifndef GL_ARB_debug_output
+typedef void (APIENTRY  *GLDEBUGPROCARB)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,const void *userParam);
+#endif /* GL_ARB_debug_output */
+#ifndef GL_EXT_EGL_image_storage
+typedef void *GLeglImageOES;
+#endif /* GL_EXT_EGL_image_storage */
+#ifndef GL_EXT_direct_state_access
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFLOATI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDOUBLEI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPOINTERI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, void **params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXARRAYINTEGERI_VEXTPROC) (GLuint vaobj, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXARRAYPOINTERI_VEXTPROC) (GLuint vaobj, GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **param);
+#endif /* GL_EXT_direct_state_access */
+#ifndef GL_NV_draw_vulkan_image
+typedef void (APIENTRY  *GLVULKANPROCNV)(void);
+#endif /* GL_NV_draw_vulkan_image */
+#ifndef GL_NV_gpu_shader5
+typedef khronos_int64_t GLint64EXT;
+#endif /* GL_NV_gpu_shader5 */
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_buffer_unified_memory
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERUI64I_VNVPROC) (GLenum value, GLuint index, GLuint64EXT *result);
+#endif /* GL_NV_vertex_buffer_unified_memory */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL3W_API
+#define GL3W_API
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __gl_h_
+#define __gl_h_
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define GL3W_OK 0
+#define GL3W_ERROR_INIT -1
+#define GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN -2
+#define GL3W_ERROR_OPENGL_VERSION -3
+
+typedef void (*GL3WglProc)(void);
+typedef GL3WglProc (*GL3WGetProcAddressProc)(const char *proc);
+
+/* gl3w api */
+GL3W_API int imgl3wInit(void);
+GL3W_API int imgl3wInit2(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc);
+GL3W_API int imgl3wIsSupported(int major, int minor);
+GL3W_API GL3WglProc imgl3wGetProcAddress(const char *proc);
+
+/* gl3w internal state */
+union GL3WProcs {
+    GL3WglProc ptr[58];
+    struct {
+        PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC            ActiveTexture;
+        PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC             AttachShader;
+        PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC               BindBuffer;
+        PFNGLBINDSAMPLERPROC              BindSampler;
+        PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC              BindTexture;
+        PFNGLBINDVERTEXARRAYPROC          BindVertexArray;
+        PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC            BlendEquation;
+        PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC    BlendEquationSeparate;
+        PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC        BlendFuncSeparate;
+        PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC               BufferData;
+        PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC            BufferSubData;
+        PFNGLCLEARPROC                    Clear;
+        PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC               ClearColor;
+        PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC            CompileShader;
+        PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC            CreateProgram;
+        PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC             CreateShader;
+        PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC            DeleteBuffers;
+        PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC            DeleteProgram;
+        PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC             DeleteShader;
+        PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC           DeleteTextures;
+        PFNGLDELETEVERTEXARRAYSPROC       DeleteVertexArrays;
+        PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC             DetachShader;
+        PFNGLDISABLEPROC                  Disable;
+        PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC DisableVertexAttribArray;
+        PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC             DrawElements;
+        PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC   DrawElementsBaseVertex;
+        PFNGLENABLEPROC                   Enable;
+        PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC  EnableVertexAttribArray;
+        PFNGLFLUSHPROC                    Flush;
+        PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC               GenBuffers;
+        PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC              GenTextures;
+        PFNGLGENVERTEXARRAYSPROC          GenVertexArrays;
+        PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC        GetAttribLocation;
+        PFNGLGETERRORPROC                 GetError;
+        PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC              GetIntegerv;
+        PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC        GetProgramInfoLog;
+        PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC             GetProgramiv;
+        PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC         GetShaderInfoLog;
+        PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC              GetShaderiv;
+        PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC                GetString;
+        PFNGLGETSTRINGIPROC               GetStringi;
+        PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC       GetUniformLocation;
+        PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC  GetVertexAttribPointerv;
+        PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC        GetVertexAttribiv;
+        PFNGLISENABLEDPROC                IsEnabled;
+        PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC              LinkProgram;
+        PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC              PixelStorei;
+        PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC              PolygonMode;
+        PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC               ReadPixels;
+        PFNGLSCISSORPROC                  Scissor;
+        PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC             ShaderSource;
+        PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC               TexImage2D;
+        PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC            TexParameteri;
+        PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC                Uniform1i;
+        PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC         UniformMatrix4fv;
+        PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC               UseProgram;
+        PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC      VertexAttribPointer;
+        PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC                 Viewport;
+    } gl;
+};
+
+GL3W_API extern union GL3WProcs imgl3wProcs;
+
+/* OpenGL functions */
+#define glActiveTexture                   imgl3wProcs.gl.ActiveTexture
+#define glAttachShader                    imgl3wProcs.gl.AttachShader
+#define glBindBuffer                      imgl3wProcs.gl.BindBuffer
+#define glBindSampler                     imgl3wProcs.gl.BindSampler
+#define glBindTexture                     imgl3wProcs.gl.BindTexture
+#define glBindVertexArray                 imgl3wProcs.gl.BindVertexArray
+#define glBlendEquation                   imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendEquation
+#define glBlendEquationSeparate           imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendEquationSeparate
+#define glBlendFuncSeparate               imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendFuncSeparate
+#define glBufferData                      imgl3wProcs.gl.BufferData
+#define glBufferSubData                   imgl3wProcs.gl.BufferSubData
+#define glClear                           imgl3wProcs.gl.Clear
+#define glClearColor                      imgl3wProcs.gl.ClearColor
+#define glCompileShader                   imgl3wProcs.gl.CompileShader
+#define glCreateProgram                   imgl3wProcs.gl.CreateProgram
+#define glCreateShader                    imgl3wProcs.gl.CreateShader
+#define glDeleteBuffers                   imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteBuffers
+#define glDeleteProgram                   imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteProgram
+#define glDeleteShader                    imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteShader
+#define glDeleteTextures                  imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteTextures
+#define glDeleteVertexArrays              imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteVertexArrays
+#define glDetachShader                    imgl3wProcs.gl.DetachShader
+#define glDisable                         imgl3wProcs.gl.Disable
+#define glDisableVertexAttribArray        imgl3wProcs.gl.DisableVertexAttribArray
+#define glDrawElements                    imgl3wProcs.gl.DrawElements
+#define glDrawElementsBaseVertex          imgl3wProcs.gl.DrawElementsBaseVertex
+#define glEnable                          imgl3wProcs.gl.Enable
+#define glEnableVertexAttribArray         imgl3wProcs.gl.EnableVertexAttribArray
+#define glFlush                           imgl3wProcs.gl.Flush
+#define glGenBuffers                      imgl3wProcs.gl.GenBuffers
+#define glGenTextures                     imgl3wProcs.gl.GenTextures
+#define glGenVertexArrays                 imgl3wProcs.gl.GenVertexArrays
+#define glGetAttribLocation               imgl3wProcs.gl.GetAttribLocation
+#define glGetError                        imgl3wProcs.gl.GetError
+#define glGetIntegerv                     imgl3wProcs.gl.GetIntegerv
+#define glGetProgramInfoLog               imgl3wProcs.gl.GetProgramInfoLog
+#define glGetProgramiv                    imgl3wProcs.gl.GetProgramiv
+#define glGetShaderInfoLog                imgl3wProcs.gl.GetShaderInfoLog
+#define glGetShaderiv                     imgl3wProcs.gl.GetShaderiv
+#define glGetString                       imgl3wProcs.gl.GetString
+#define glGetStringi                      imgl3wProcs.gl.GetStringi
+#define glGetUniformLocation              imgl3wProcs.gl.GetUniformLocation
+#define glGetVertexAttribPointerv         imgl3wProcs.gl.GetVertexAttribPointerv
+#define glGetVertexAttribiv               imgl3wProcs.gl.GetVertexAttribiv
+#define glIsEnabled                       imgl3wProcs.gl.IsEnabled
+#define glLinkProgram                     imgl3wProcs.gl.LinkProgram
+#define glPixelStorei                     imgl3wProcs.gl.PixelStorei
+#define glPolygonMode                     imgl3wProcs.gl.PolygonMode
+#define glReadPixels                      imgl3wProcs.gl.ReadPixels
+#define glScissor                         imgl3wProcs.gl.Scissor
+#define glShaderSource                    imgl3wProcs.gl.ShaderSource
+#define glTexImage2D                      imgl3wProcs.gl.TexImage2D
+#define glTexParameteri                   imgl3wProcs.gl.TexParameteri
+#define glUniform1i                       imgl3wProcs.gl.Uniform1i
+#define glUniformMatrix4fv                imgl3wProcs.gl.UniformMatrix4fv
+#define glUseProgram                      imgl3wProcs.gl.UseProgram
+#define glVertexAttribPointer             imgl3wProcs.gl.VertexAttribPointer
+#define glViewport                        imgl3wProcs.gl.Viewport
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IMGL3W_IMPL
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define ARRAY_SIZE(x)  (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0]))
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1
+#endif
+#include <windows.h>
+
+static HMODULE libgl;
+typedef PROC(__stdcall* GL3WglGetProcAddr)(LPCSTR);
+static GL3WglGetProcAddr wgl_get_proc_address;
+
+static int open_libgl(void)
+{
+    libgl = LoadLibraryA("opengl32.dll");
+    if (!libgl)
+        return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN;
+    wgl_get_proc_address = (GL3WglGetProcAddr)GetProcAddress(libgl, "wglGetProcAddress");
+    return GL3W_OK;
+}
+
+static void close_libgl(void) { FreeLibrary(libgl); }
+static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc)
+{
+    GL3WglProc res;
+    res = (GL3WglProc)wgl_get_proc_address(proc);
+    if (!res)
+        res = (GL3WglProc)GetProcAddress(libgl, proc);
+    return res;
+}
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+
+static void *libgl;
+static int open_libgl(void)
+{
+    libgl = dlopen("/System/Library/Frameworks/OpenGL.framework/OpenGL", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+    if (!libgl)
+        return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN;
+    return GL3W_OK;
+}
+
+static void close_libgl(void) { dlclose(libgl); }
+
+static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc)
+{
+    GL3WglProc res;
+    *(void **)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc);
+    return res;
+}
+#else
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+
+static void *libgl;
+static GL3WglProc (*glx_get_proc_address)(const GLubyte *);
+
+static int open_libgl(void)
+{
+    libgl = dlopen("libGL.so.1", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+    if (!libgl)
+        return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN;
+    *(void **)(&glx_get_proc_address) = dlsym(libgl, "glXGetProcAddressARB");
+    return GL3W_OK;
+}
+
+static void close_libgl(void) { dlclose(libgl); }
+
+static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc)
+{
+    GL3WglProc res;
+    res = glx_get_proc_address((const GLubyte *)proc);
+    if (!res)
+        *(void **)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc);
+    return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+static struct { int major, minor; } version;
+
+static int parse_version(void)
+{
+    if (!glGetIntegerv)
+        return GL3W_ERROR_INIT;
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &version.major);
+    glGetIntegerv(GL_MINOR_VERSION, &version.minor);
+    if (version.major < 3)
+        return GL3W_ERROR_OPENGL_VERSION;
+    return GL3W_OK;
+}
+
+static void load_procs(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc);
+
+int imgl3wInit(void)
+{
+    int res = open_libgl();
+    if (res)
+        return res;
+    atexit(close_libgl);
+    return imgl3wInit2(get_proc);
+}
+
+int imgl3wInit2(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc)
+{
+    load_procs(proc);
+    return parse_version();
+}
+
+int imgl3wIsSupported(int major, int minor)
+{
+    if (major < 3)
+        return 0;
+    if (version.major == major)
+        return version.minor >= minor;
+    return version.major >= major;
+}
+
+GL3WglProc imgl3wGetProcAddress(const char *proc) { return get_proc(proc); }
+
+static const char *proc_names[] = {
+    "glActiveTexture",
+    "glAttachShader",
+    "glBindBuffer",
+    "glBindSampler",
+    "glBindTexture",
+    "glBindVertexArray",
+    "glBlendEquation",
+    "glBlendEquationSeparate",
+    "glBlendFuncSeparate",
+    "glBufferData",
+    "glBufferSubData",
+    "glClear",
+    "glClearColor",
+    "glCompileShader",
+    "glCreateProgram",
+    "glCreateShader",
+    "glDeleteBuffers",
+    "glDeleteProgram",
+    "glDeleteShader",
+    "glDeleteTextures",
+    "glDeleteVertexArrays",
+    "glDetachShader",
+    "glDisable",
+    "glDisableVertexAttribArray",
+    "glDrawElements",
+    "glDrawElementsBaseVertex",
+    "glEnable",
+    "glEnableVertexAttribArray",
+    "glFlush",
+    "glGenBuffers",
+    "glGenTextures",
+    "glGenVertexArrays",
+    "glGetAttribLocation",
+    "glGetError",
+    "glGetIntegerv",
+    "glGetProgramInfoLog",
+    "glGetProgramiv",
+    "glGetShaderInfoLog",
+    "glGetShaderiv",
+    "glGetString",
+    "glGetStringi",
+    "glGetUniformLocation",
+    "glGetVertexAttribPointerv",
+    "glGetVertexAttribiv",
+    "glIsEnabled",
+    "glLinkProgram",
+    "glPixelStorei",
+    "glPolygonMode",
+    "glReadPixels",
+    "glScissor",
+    "glShaderSource",
+    "glTexImage2D",
+    "glTexParameteri",
+    "glUniform1i",
+    "glUniformMatrix4fv",
+    "glUseProgram",
+    "glVertexAttribPointer",
+    "glViewport",
+};
+
+GL3W_API union GL3WProcs imgl3wProcs;
+
+static void load_procs(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc)
+{
+    size_t i;
+    for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(proc_names); i++)
+        imgl3wProcs.ptr[i] = proc(proc_names[i]);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif

libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,571 @@
+// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL2
+// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..)
+// (Info: SDL2 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.)
+// (Prefer SDL 2.0.5+ for full feature support.)
+
+// Implemented features:
+//  [X] Platform: Clipboard support.
+//  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set]
+//  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.
+//  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'.
+// Missing features:
+//  [ ] Platform: SDL2 handling of IME under Windows appears to be broken and it explicitly disable the regular Windows IME. You can restore Windows IME by compiling SDL with SDL_DISABLE_WINDOWS_IME.
+
+// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
+// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp.
+// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs
+
+// CHANGELOG
+// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
+//  2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11.
+//  2022-09-26: Inputs: Disable SDL 2.0.22 new "auto capture" (SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE) which prevents drag and drop across windows for multi-viewport support + don't capture when drag and dropping. (#5710)
+//  2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported).
+//  2022-03-22: Inputs: Fix mouse position issues when dragging outside of boundaries. SDL_CaptureMouse() erroneously still gives out LEAVE events when hovering OS decorations.
+//  2022-03-22: Inputs: Added support for extra mouse buttons (SDL_BUTTON_X1/SDL_BUTTON_X2).
+//  2022-02-04: Added SDL_Renderer* parameter to ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(), so we can use SDL_GetRendererOutputSize() instead of SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize() when bound to a SDL_Renderer.
+//  2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago) with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion.
+//  2021-01-20: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() for gamepad support, instead of writing directly to io.NavInputs[].
+//  2022-01-17: Inputs: calling new io.AddMousePosEvent(), io.AddMouseButtonEvent(), io.AddMouseWheelEvent() API (1.87+).
+//  2022-01-17: Inputs: always update key mods next and before key event (not in NewFrame) to fix input queue with very low framerates.
+//  2022-01-12: Update mouse inputs using SDL_MOUSEMOTION/SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE + fallback to provide it when focused but not hovered/captured. More standard and will allow us to pass it to future input queue API.
+//  2022-01-12: Maintain our own copy of MouseButtonsDown mask instead of using ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() which will be obsoleted.
+//  2022-01-10: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyEvent(), io.AddKeyModsEvent() + io.SetKeyEventNativeData() API (1.87+). Support for full ImGuiKey range.
+//  2021-08-17: Calling io.AddFocusEvent() on SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED/SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST.
+//  2021-07-29: Inputs: MousePos is correctly reported when the host platform window is hovered but not focused (using SDL_GetMouseFocus() + SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH, requires SDL 2.0.5+)
+//  2021-06-29: *BREAKING CHANGE* Removed 'SDL_Window* window' parameter to ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame() which was unnecessary.
+//  2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX).
+//  2021-03-22: Rework global mouse pos availability check listing supported platforms explicitly, effectively fixing mouse access on Raspberry Pi. (#2837, #3950)
+//  2020-05-25: Misc: Report a zero display-size when window is minimized, to be consistent with other backends.
+//  2020-02-20: Inputs: Fixed mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter (using SDL_SCANCODE_KP_ENTER instead of SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN2).
+//  2019-12-17: Inputs: On Wayland, use SDL_GetMouseState (because there is no global mouse state).
+//  2019-12-05: Inputs: Added support for ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed mouse cursor.
+//  2019-07-21: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter.
+//  2019-04-23: Inputs: Added support for SDL_GameController (if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad is set by user application).
+//  2019-03-12: Misc: Preserve DisplayFramebufferScale when main window is minimized.
+//  2018-12-21: Inputs: Workaround for Android/iOS which don't seem to handle focus related calls.
+//  2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendPlatformName so it can be displayed in the About Window.
+//  2018-11-14: Changed the signature of ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent() to take a 'const SDL_Event*'.
+//  2018-08-01: Inputs: Workaround for Emscripten which doesn't seem to handle focus related calls.
+//  2018-06-29: Inputs: Added support for the ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand cursor.
+//  2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_sdl.cpp/.h away from the old combined SDL2+OpenGL/Vulkan examples.
+//  2018-06-08: Misc: ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL() now takes a SDL_GLContext parameter.
+//  2018-05-09: Misc: Fixed clipboard paste memory leak (we didn't call SDL_FreeMemory on the data returned by SDL_GetClipboardText).
+//  2018-03-20: Misc: Setup io.BackendFlags ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag + honor ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange flag.
+//  2018-02-16: Inputs: Added support for mouse cursors, honoring ImGui::GetMouseCursor() value.
+//  2018-02-06: Misc: Removed call to ImGui::Shutdown() which is not available from 1.60 WIP, user needs to call CreateContext/DestroyContext themselves.
+//  2018-02-06: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Space.
+//  2018-02-05: Misc: Using SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() instead of SDL_GetTicks() to be able to handle very high framerate (1000+ FPS).
+//  2018-02-05: Inputs: Keyboard mapping is using scancodes everywhere instead of a confusing mixture of keycodes and scancodes.
+//  2018-01-20: Inputs: Added Horizontal Mouse Wheel support.
+//  2018-01-19: Inputs: When available (SDL 2.0.4+) using SDL_CaptureMouse() to retrieve coordinates outside of client area when dragging. Otherwise (SDL 2.0.3 and before) testing for SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS instead of SDL_WINDOW_MOUSE_FOCUS.
+//  2018-01-18: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Insert.
+//  2017-08-25: Inputs: MousePos set to -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX when mouse is unavailable/missing (instead of -1,-1).
+//  2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers.
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#include "imgui_impl_sdl.h"
+
+// SDL
+#include <SDL.h>
+#include <SDL_syswm.h>
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <TargetConditionals.h>
+#endif
+
+#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,4) && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) && !defined(__ANDROID__) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IOS) && !defined(__amigaos4__)
+#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE    1
+#else
+#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE    0
+#endif
+#define SDL_HAS_VULKAN                      SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,6)
+
+// SDL Data
+struct ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data
+{
+    SDL_Window*     Window;
+    SDL_Renderer*   Renderer;
+    Uint64          Time;
+    int             MouseButtonsDown;
+    SDL_Cursor*     MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT];
+    int             PendingMouseLeaveFrame;
+    char*           ClipboardTextData;
+    bool            MouseCanUseGlobalState;
+
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data()   { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+};
+
+// Backend data stored in io.BackendPlatformUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts
+// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts.
+// FIXME: multi-context support is not well tested and probably dysfunctional in this backend.
+// FIXME: some shared resources (mouse cursor shape, gamepad) are mishandled when using multi-context.
+static ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData()
+{
+    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : nullptr;
+}
+
+// Functions
+static const char* ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetClipboardText(void*)
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd->ClipboardTextData)
+        SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData);
+    bd->ClipboardTextData = SDL_GetClipboardText();
+    return bd->ClipboardTextData;
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetClipboardText(void*, const char* text)
+{
+    SDL_SetClipboardText(text);
+}
+
+static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode)
+{
+    switch (keycode)
+    {
+        case SDLK_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab;
+        case SDLK_LEFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftArrow;
+        case SDLK_RIGHT: return ImGuiKey_RightArrow;
+        case SDLK_UP: return ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
+        case SDLK_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
+        case SDLK_PAGEUP: return ImGuiKey_PageUp;
+        case SDLK_PAGEDOWN: return ImGuiKey_PageDown;
+        case SDLK_HOME: return ImGuiKey_Home;
+        case SDLK_END: return ImGuiKey_End;
+        case SDLK_INSERT: return ImGuiKey_Insert;
+        case SDLK_DELETE: return ImGuiKey_Delete;
+        case SDLK_BACKSPACE: return ImGuiKey_Backspace;
+        case SDLK_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space;
+        case SDLK_RETURN: return ImGuiKey_Enter;
+        case SDLK_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape;
+        case SDLK_QUOTE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe;
+        case SDLK_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma;
+        case SDLK_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus;
+        case SDLK_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period;
+        case SDLK_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash;
+        case SDLK_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon;
+        case SDLK_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_Equal;
+        case SDLK_LEFTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket;
+        case SDLK_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash;
+        case SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket;
+        case SDLK_BACKQUOTE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent;
+        case SDLK_CAPSLOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock;
+        case SDLK_SCROLLLOCK: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock;
+        case SDLK_NUMLOCKCLEAR: return ImGuiKey_NumLock;
+        case SDLK_PRINTSCREEN: return ImGuiKey_PrintScreen;
+        case SDLK_PAUSE: return ImGuiKey_Pause;
+        case SDLK_KP_0: return ImGuiKey_Keypad0;
+        case SDLK_KP_1: return ImGuiKey_Keypad1;
+        case SDLK_KP_2: return ImGuiKey_Keypad2;
+        case SDLK_KP_3: return ImGuiKey_Keypad3;
+        case SDLK_KP_4: return ImGuiKey_Keypad4;
+        case SDLK_KP_5: return ImGuiKey_Keypad5;
+        case SDLK_KP_6: return ImGuiKey_Keypad6;
+        case SDLK_KP_7: return ImGuiKey_Keypad7;
+        case SDLK_KP_8: return ImGuiKey_Keypad8;
+        case SDLK_KP_9: return ImGuiKey_Keypad9;
+        case SDLK_KP_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal;
+        case SDLK_KP_DIVIDE: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide;
+        case SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply;
+        case SDLK_KP_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract;
+        case SDLK_KP_PLUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd;
+        case SDLK_KP_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter;
+        case SDLK_KP_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual;
+        case SDLK_LCTRL: return ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl;
+        case SDLK_LSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftShift;
+        case SDLK_LALT: return ImGuiKey_LeftAlt;
+        case SDLK_LGUI: return ImGuiKey_LeftSuper;
+        case SDLK_RCTRL: return ImGuiKey_RightCtrl;
+        case SDLK_RSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_RightShift;
+        case SDLK_RALT: return ImGuiKey_RightAlt;
+        case SDLK_RGUI: return ImGuiKey_RightSuper;
+        case SDLK_APPLICATION: return ImGuiKey_Menu;
+        case SDLK_0: return ImGuiKey_0;
+        case SDLK_1: return ImGuiKey_1;
+        case SDLK_2: return ImGuiKey_2;
+        case SDLK_3: return ImGuiKey_3;
+        case SDLK_4: return ImGuiKey_4;
+        case SDLK_5: return ImGuiKey_5;
+        case SDLK_6: return ImGuiKey_6;
+        case SDLK_7: return ImGuiKey_7;
+        case SDLK_8: return ImGuiKey_8;
+        case SDLK_9: return ImGuiKey_9;
+        case SDLK_a: return ImGuiKey_A;
+        case SDLK_b: return ImGuiKey_B;
+        case SDLK_c: return ImGuiKey_C;
+        case SDLK_d: return ImGuiKey_D;
+        case SDLK_e: return ImGuiKey_E;
+        case SDLK_f: return ImGuiKey_F;
+        case SDLK_g: return ImGuiKey_G;
+        case SDLK_h: return ImGuiKey_H;
+        case SDLK_i: return ImGuiKey_I;
+        case SDLK_j: return ImGuiKey_J;
+        case SDLK_k: return ImGuiKey_K;
+        case SDLK_l: return ImGuiKey_L;
+        case SDLK_m: return ImGuiKey_M;
+        case SDLK_n: return ImGuiKey_N;
+        case SDLK_o: return ImGuiKey_O;
+        case SDLK_p: return ImGuiKey_P;
+        case SDLK_q: return ImGuiKey_Q;
+        case SDLK_r: return ImGuiKey_R;
+        case SDLK_s: return ImGuiKey_S;
+        case SDLK_t: return ImGuiKey_T;
+        case SDLK_u: return ImGuiKey_U;
+        case SDLK_v: return ImGuiKey_V;
+        case SDLK_w: return ImGuiKey_W;
+        case SDLK_x: return ImGuiKey_X;
+        case SDLK_y: return ImGuiKey_Y;
+        case SDLK_z: return ImGuiKey_Z;
+        case SDLK_F1: return ImGuiKey_F1;
+        case SDLK_F2: return ImGuiKey_F2;
+        case SDLK_F3: return ImGuiKey_F3;
+        case SDLK_F4: return ImGuiKey_F4;
+        case SDLK_F5: return ImGuiKey_F5;
+        case SDLK_F6: return ImGuiKey_F6;
+        case SDLK_F7: return ImGuiKey_F7;
+        case SDLK_F8: return ImGuiKey_F8;
+        case SDLK_F9: return ImGuiKey_F9;
+        case SDLK_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10;
+        case SDLK_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11;
+        case SDLK_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12;
+    }
+    return ImGuiKey_None;
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateKeyModifiers(SDL_Keymod sdl_key_mods)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_CTRL) != 0);
+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_SHIFT) != 0);
+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_ALT) != 0);
+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_GUI) != 0);
+}
+
+// You can read the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to tell if dear imgui wants to use your inputs.
+// - When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, do not dispatch mouse input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the mouse data.
+// - When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, do not dispatch keyboard input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the keyboard data.
+// Generally you may always pass all inputs to dear imgui, and hide them from your application based on those two flags.
+// If you have multiple SDL events and some of them are not meant to be used by dear imgui, you may need to filter events based on their windowID field.
+bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
+
+    switch (event->type)
+    {
+        case SDL_MOUSEMOTION:
+        {
+            io.AddMousePosEvent((float)event->motion.x, (float)event->motion.y);
+            return true;
+        }
+        case SDL_MOUSEWHEEL:
+        {
+            float wheel_x = (event->wheel.x > 0) ? 1.0f : (event->wheel.x < 0) ? -1.0f : 0.0f;
+            float wheel_y = (event->wheel.y > 0) ? 1.0f : (event->wheel.y < 0) ? -1.0f : 0.0f;
+            io.AddMouseWheelEvent(wheel_x, wheel_y);
+            return true;
+        }
+        case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN:
+        case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP:
+        {
+            int mouse_button = -1;
+            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) { mouse_button = 0; }
+            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) { mouse_button = 1; }
+            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE) { mouse_button = 2; }
+            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X1) { mouse_button = 3; }
+            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X2) { mouse_button = 4; }
+            if (mouse_button == -1)
+                break;
+            io.AddMouseButtonEvent(mouse_button, (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN));
+            bd->MouseButtonsDown = (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN) ? (bd->MouseButtonsDown | (1 << mouse_button)) : (bd->MouseButtonsDown & ~(1 << mouse_button));
+            return true;
+        }
+        case SDL_TEXTINPUT:
+        {
+            io.AddInputCharactersUTF8(event->text.text);
+            return true;
+        }
+        case SDL_KEYDOWN:
+        case SDL_KEYUP:
+        {
+            ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateKeyModifiers((SDL_Keymod)event->key.keysym.mod);
+            ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(event->key.keysym.sym);
+            io.AddKeyEvent(key, (event->type == SDL_KEYDOWN));
+            io.SetKeyEventNativeData(key, event->key.keysym.sym, event->key.keysym.scancode, event->key.keysym.scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code). Legacy backend uses SDLK_*** as indices to IsKeyXXX() functions.
+            return true;
+        }
+        case SDL_WINDOWEVENT:
+        {
+            // - When capturing mouse, SDL will send a bunch of conflicting LEAVE/ENTER event on every mouse move, but the final ENTER tends to be right.
+            // - However we won't get a correct LEAVE event for a captured window.
+            // - In some cases, when detaching a window from main viewport SDL may send SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER one frame too late,
+            //   causing SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE on previous frame to interrupt drag operation by clear mouse position. This is why
+            //   we delay process the SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE events by one frame. See issue #5012 for details.
+            Uint8 window_event = event->window.event;
+            if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER)
+                bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = 0;
+            if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE)
+                bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = ImGui::GetFrameCount() + 1;
+            if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED)
+                io.AddFocusEvent(true);
+            else if (event->window.event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST)
+                io.AddFocusEvent(false);
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+static bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer)
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!");
+
+    // Check and store if we are on a SDL backend that supports global mouse position
+    // ("wayland" and "rpi" don't support it, but we chose to use a white-list instead of a black-list)
+    bool mouse_can_use_global_state = false;
+#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE
+    const char* sdl_backend = SDL_GetCurrentVideoDriver();
+    const char* global_mouse_whitelist[] = { "windows", "cocoa", "x11", "DIVE", "VMAN" };
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(global_mouse_whitelist); n++)
+        if (strncmp(sdl_backend, global_mouse_whitelist[n], strlen(global_mouse_whitelist[n])) == 0)
+            mouse_can_use_global_state = true;
+#endif
+
+    // Setup backend capabilities flags
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data)();
+    io.BackendPlatformUserData = (void*)bd;
+    io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_sdl";
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors;       // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional)
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos;        // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used)
+
+    bd->Window = window;
+    bd->Renderer = renderer;
+    bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState = mouse_can_use_global_state;
+
+    io.SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetClipboardText;
+    io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetClipboardText;
+    io.ClipboardUserData = nullptr;
+
+    // Load mouse cursors
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_ARROW);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_IBEAM);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEALL);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENS);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEWE);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENESW);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENWSE);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_HAND);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NO);
+
+    // Set platform dependent data in viewport
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    SDL_SysWMinfo info;
+    SDL_VERSION(&info.version);
+    if (SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(window, &info))
+        ImGui::GetMainViewport()->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)info.info.win.window;
+#else
+    (void)window;
+#endif
+
+    // From 2.0.5: Set SDL hint to receive mouse click events on window focus, otherwise SDL doesn't emit the event.
+    // Without this, when clicking to gain focus, our widgets wouldn't activate even though they showed as hovered.
+    // (This is unfortunately a global SDL setting, so enabling it might have a side-effect on your application.
+    // It is unlikely to make a difference, but if your app absolutely needs to ignore the initial on-focus click:
+    // you can ignore SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN events coming right after a SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED)
+#ifdef SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH
+    SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH, "1");
+#endif
+
+    // From 2.0.22: Disable auto-capture, this is preventing drag and drop across multiple windows (see #5710)
+#ifdef SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE
+    SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE, "0");
+#endif
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context)
+{
+    IM_UNUSED(sdl_gl_context); // Viewport branch will need this.
+    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr);
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window)
+{
+#if !SDL_HAS_VULKAN
+    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported");
+#endif
+    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr);
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window)
+{
+#if !defined(_WIN32)
+    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported");
+#endif
+    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr);
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window)
+{
+    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr);
+}
+
+bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer)
+{
+    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, renderer);
+}
+
+void ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+    if (bd->ClipboardTextData)
+        SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData);
+    for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++)
+        SDL_FreeCursor(bd->MouseCursors[cursor_n]);
+
+    io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr;
+    io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr;
+    IM_DELETE(bd);
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+    // We forward mouse input when hovered or captured (via SDL_MOUSEMOTION) or when focused (below)
+#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE
+    // SDL_CaptureMouse() let the OS know e.g. that our imgui drag outside the SDL window boundaries shouldn't e.g. trigger other operations outside
+    SDL_CaptureMouse((bd->MouseButtonsDown != 0 && ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() == nullptr) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE);
+    SDL_Window* focused_window = SDL_GetKeyboardFocus();
+    const bool is_app_focused = (bd->Window == focused_window);
+#else
+    const bool is_app_focused = (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS) != 0; // SDL 2.0.3 and non-windowed systems: single-viewport only
+#endif
+    if (is_app_focused)
+    {
+        // (Optional) Set OS mouse position from Dear ImGui if requested (rarely used, only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is enabled by user)
+        if (io.WantSetMousePos)
+            SDL_WarpMouseInWindow(bd->Window, (int)io.MousePos.x, (int)io.MousePos.y);
+
+        // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (SDL_MOUSEMOTION already provides this when hovered or captured)
+        if (bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0)
+        {
+            int window_x, window_y, mouse_x_global, mouse_y_global;
+            SDL_GetGlobalMouseState(&mouse_x_global, &mouse_y_global);
+            SDL_GetWindowPosition(bd->Window, &window_x, &window_y);
+            io.AddMousePosEvent((float)(mouse_x_global - window_x), (float)(mouse_y_global - window_y));
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseCursor()
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange)
+        return;
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
+
+    ImGuiMouseCursor imgui_cursor = ImGui::GetMouseCursor();
+    if (io.MouseDrawCursor || imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None)
+    {
+        // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor
+        SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_FALSE);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Show OS mouse cursor
+        SDL_SetCursor(bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]);
+        SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_TRUE);
+    }
+}
+
+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads()
+{
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) // FIXME: Technically feeding gamepad shouldn't depend on this now that they are regular inputs.
+        return;
+
+    // Get gamepad
+    io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;
+    SDL_GameController* game_controller = SDL_GameControllerOpen(0);
+    if (!game_controller)
+        return;
+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;
+
+    // Update gamepad inputs
+    #define IM_SATURATE(V)                      (V < 0.0f ? 0.0f : V > 1.0f ? 1.0f : V)
+    #define MAP_BUTTON(KEY_NO, BUTTON_NO)       { io.AddKeyEvent(KEY_NO, SDL_GameControllerGetButton(game_controller, BUTTON_NO) != 0); }
+    #define MAP_ANALOG(KEY_NO, AXIS_NO, V0, V1) { float vn = (float)(SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(game_controller, AXIS_NO) - V0) / (float)(V1 - V0); vn = IM_SATURATE(vn); io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(KEY_NO, vn > 0.1f, vn); }
+    const int thumb_dead_zone = 8000;           // SDL_gamecontroller.h suggests using this value.
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadStart,           SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadBack,            SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft,        SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X);              // Xbox X, PS Square
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight,       SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B);              // Xbox B, PS Circle
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp,          SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y);              // Xbox Y, PS Triangle
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown,        SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A);              // Xbox A, PS Cross
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,        SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight,       SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,          SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown,        SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1,              SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1,              SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadL2,              SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT,  0.0f, 32767);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadR2,              SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT, 0.0f, 32767);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL3,              SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK);
+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR3,              SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft,      SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX,  -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight,     SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX,  +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp,        SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY,  -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown,      SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY,  +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft,      SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight,     SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp,        SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown,      SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
+    #undef MAP_BUTTON
+    #undef MAP_ANALOG
+}
+
+void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame()
+{
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init()?");
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+    // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing)
+    int w, h;
+    int display_w, display_h;
+    SDL_GetWindowSize(bd->Window, &w, &h);
+    if (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED)
+        w = h = 0;
+    if (bd->Renderer != nullptr)
+        SDL_GetRendererOutputSize(bd->Renderer, &display_w, &display_h);
+    else
+        SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize(bd->Window, &display_w, &display_h);
+    io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h);
+    if (w > 0 && h > 0)
+        io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / w, (float)display_h / h);
+
+    // Setup time step (we don't use SDL_GetTicks() because it is using millisecond resolution)
+    static Uint64 frequency = SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency();
+    Uint64 current_time = SDL_GetPerformanceCounter();
+    io.DeltaTime = bd->Time > 0 ? (float)((double)(current_time - bd->Time) / frequency) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f);
+    bd->Time = current_time;
+
+    if (bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame && bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0)
+    {
+        io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+        bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = 0;
+    }
+
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData();
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseCursor();
+
+    // Update game controllers (if enabled and available)
+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads();
+}

libs/imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL2
+// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..)
+// (Info: SDL2 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.)
+
+// Implemented features:
+//  [X] Platform: Clipboard support.
+//  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set]
+//  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.
+//  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'.
+// Missing features:
+//  [ ] Platform: SDL2 handling of IME under Windows appears to be broken and it explicitly disable the regular Windows IME. You can restore Windows IME by compiling SDL with SDL_DISABLE_WINDOWS_IME.
+
+// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
+// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp.
+// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs
+
+#pragma once
+#include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API
+
+struct SDL_Window;
+struct SDL_Renderer;
+typedef union SDL_Event SDL_Event;
+
+extern "C" {
+  IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context);
+  IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window);
+  IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window);
+  IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window);
+  IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer);
+  IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown();
+  IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame();
+  IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event);
+}
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+static inline void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(SDL_Window*) { ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(); } // 1.84: removed unnecessary parameter
+#endif

libs/imgui/imconfig.h

@@ -90,6 +90,8 @@
         constexpr ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y), z(f.z), w(f.w) {}   \
         operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); }
 */
+//---- ...Or use Dear ImGui's own very basic math operators.
+//#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 
 //---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) is one way to allow large meshes with more than 64K vertices.
 // Your renderer backend will need to support it (most example renderer backends support both 16/32-bit indices).

libs/imgui/imgui.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.89.2
+// dear imgui, v1.89.4
 // (headers)
 
 // Help:
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 // - FAQ                   http://dearimgui.org/faq
 // - Homepage & latest     https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
 // - Releases & changelog  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
-// - Gallery               https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
+// - Gallery               https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5886 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
 // - Wiki                  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)
 // - Glossary              https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
 // - Issues & support      https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@
 
 // Library Version
 // (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM > 12345')
-#define IMGUI_VERSION               "1.89.2"
+#define IMGUI_VERSION               "1.89.4"
-#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM           18920
+#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM           18940
 #define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
 
 /*
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Index of this file:
 // [SECTION] ImGuiStyle
 // [SECTION] ImGuiIO
 // [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs)
-// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor)
+// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor)
 // [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawFlags, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
 // [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont)
 // [SECTION] Viewports (ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport)
@@ -405,8 +405,8 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val);                     // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
     IMGUI_API void          PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val);             // modify a style ImVec2 variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
     IMGUI_API void          PopStyleVar(int count = 1);
-    IMGUI_API void          PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus);              // == tab stop enable. Allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets
+    IMGUI_API void          PushTabStop(bool tab_stop);                                     // == tab stop enable. Allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets
-    IMGUI_API void          PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
+    IMGUI_API void          PopTabStop();
     IMGUI_API void          PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat);                                  // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame.
     IMGUI_API void          PopButtonRepeat();
 
@@ -493,6 +493,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args)    IM_FMTLIST(2);
     IMGUI_API void          BulletText(const char* fmt, ...)                                IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for Bullet()+Text()
     IMGUI_API void          BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)                      IM_FMTLIST(1);
+    IMGUI_API void          SeparatorText(const char* label);                               // currently: formatted text with an horizontal line
 
     // Widgets: Main
     // - Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected
@@ -664,8 +665,8 @@ namespace ImGui
 
     // Tooltips
     // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away.
-    IMGUI_API void          BeginTooltip();                                                     // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items).
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTooltip();                                                     // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items).
-    IMGUI_API void          EndTooltip();
+    IMGUI_API void          EndTooltip();                                                       // only call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip() returns true!
     IMGUI_API void          SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                     // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). override any previous call to SetTooltip().
     IMGUI_API void          SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
 
@@ -1014,10 +1015,8 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit        = 1 << 19,  // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active)
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll     = 1 << 20,  // Escape key clears content if not empty, and deactivate otherwise (contrast to default behavior of Escape to revert)
 
-    // Obsolete names (will be removed soon)
+    // Obsolete names
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    //ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode  = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite   // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode    = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite   // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior
-#endif
 };
 
 // Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*()
@@ -1352,6 +1351,7 @@ enum ImGuiSortDirection_
 // All our named keys are >= 512. Keys value 0 to 511 are left unused as legacy native/opaque key values (< 1.87).
 // Since >= 1.89 we increased typing (went from int to enum), some legacy code may need a cast to ImGuiKey.
 // Read details about the 1.87 and 1.89 transition : https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921
+// Note that "Keys" related to physical keys and are not the same concept as input "Characters", the later are submitted via io.AddInputCharacter().
 enum ImGuiKey : int
 {
     // Keyboard
@@ -1459,15 +1459,16 @@ enum ImGuiKey : int
 
     // [Internal] Prior to 1.87 we required user to fill io.KeysDown[512] using their own native index + the io.KeyMap[] array.
     // We are ditching this method but keeping a legacy path for user code doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_CODE)
+    // If you need to iterate all keys (for e.g. an input mapper) you may use ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN..ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END.
     ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN         = 512,
     ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END           = ImGuiKey_COUNT,
     ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT         = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN,
 #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
-    ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE          = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT,          // Size of KeysData[]: only hold named keys
+    ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE          = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT,  // Size of KeysData[]: only hold named keys
-    ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET        = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN,          // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET).
+    ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET        = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN,  // Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET) index.
 #else
-    ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE          = ImGuiKey_COUNT,                   // Size of KeysData[]: hold legacy 0..512 keycodes + named keys
+    ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE          = ImGuiKey_COUNT,           // Size of KeysData[]: hold legacy 0..512 keycodes + named keys
-    ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET        = 0,                                // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET).
+    ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET        = 0,                        // Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET) index.
 #endif
 
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
@@ -1492,7 +1493,7 @@ enum ImGuiNavInput
 enum ImGuiConfigFlags_
 {
     ImGuiConfigFlags_None                   = 0,
-    ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard      = 1 << 0,   // Master keyboard navigation enable flag.
+    ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard      = 1 << 0,   // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. Enable full Tabbing + directional arrows + space/enter to activate.
     ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad       = 1 << 1,   // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. Backend also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.
     ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos   = 1 << 2,   // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your backend, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth.
     ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard   = 1 << 3,   // Instruct navigation to not set the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag when io.NavActive is set.
@@ -1608,6 +1609,9 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_
     ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding,         // float     TabRounding
     ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign,     // ImVec2    ButtonTextAlign
     ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2    SelectableTextAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize,// float  SeparatorTextBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign,  // ImVec2    SeparatorTextAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding,// ImVec2    SeparatorTextPadding
     ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT
 };
 
@@ -1664,8 +1668,8 @@ enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_
     ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_     = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar,
     ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_      = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV,
 
-    // Obsolete names (will be removed)
+    // Obsolete names
-    // ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex  // [renamed in 1.69]
+    //ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex  // [renamed in 1.69]
 };
 
 // Flags for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc.
@@ -1680,10 +1684,8 @@ enum ImGuiSliderFlags_
     ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput                = 1 << 7,       // Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget
     ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_           = 0x7000000F,   // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed.
 
-    // Obsolete names (will be removed)
+    // Obsolete names
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    //ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp, // [renamed in 1.79]
-    ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp, // [renamed in 1.79]
-#endif
 };
 
 // Identify a mouse button.
@@ -1862,6 +1864,9 @@ struct ImGuiStyle
     ImGuiDir    ColorButtonPosition;        // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.
     ImVec2      ButtonTextAlign;            // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered).
     ImVec2      SelectableTextAlign;        // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line.
+    float       SeparatorTextBorderSize;    // Thickkness of border in SeparatorText()
+    ImVec2      SeparatorTextAlign;         // Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center).
+    ImVec2      SeparatorTextPadding;       // Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y.
     ImVec2      DisplayWindowPadding;       // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.
     ImVec2      DisplaySafeAreaPadding;     // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly!
     float       MouseCursorScale;           // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.
@@ -1932,6 +1937,14 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     bool        ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false       // Enable allowing to move windows only when clicking on their title bar. Does not apply to windows without a title bar.
     float       ConfigMemoryCompactTimer;       // = 60.0f          // Timer (in seconds) to free transient windows/tables memory buffers when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable.
 
+    // Debug options
+    // - tools to test correct Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors.
+    // - presently Begn()/End() and BeginChild()EndChild() needs to ALWAYS be called in tandem, regardless of return value of BeginXXX()
+    //   this is inconsistent with other BeginXXX functions and create confusion for many users.
+    // - we expect to update the API eventually. In the meanwhile we provided tools to facilitate checking user-code behavior.
+    bool        ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce; // = false         // First-time calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. NEEDS TO BE SET AT APPLICATION BOOT TIME if you don't want to miss windows.
+    bool        ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop; // = false         // Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. Will cycle through window depths then repeat. Suggested use: add "io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue = io.KeyShift" in your main loop then occasionally press SHIFT. Windows should be flickering while running.
+
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
     // Platform Functions
     // (the imgui_impl_xxxx backend files are setting those up for you)
@@ -1968,7 +1981,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     IMGUI_API void  AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float v);    // Queue a new key down/up event for analog values (e.g. ImGuiKey_Gamepad_ values). Dead-zones should be handled by the backend.
     IMGUI_API void  AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y);                     // Queue a mouse position update. Use -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX to signify no mouse (e.g. app not focused and not hovered)
     IMGUI_API void  AddMouseButtonEvent(int button, bool down);             // Queue a mouse button change
-    IMGUI_API void  AddMouseWheelEvent(float wh_x, float wh_y);             // Queue a mouse wheel update
+    IMGUI_API void  AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y);       // Queue a mouse wheel update. wheel_y<0: scroll down, wheel_y>0: scroll up, wheel_x<0: scroll right, wheel_x>0: scroll left.
     IMGUI_API void  AddFocusEvent(bool focused);                            // Queue a gain/loss of focus for the application (generally based on OS/platform focus of your window)
     IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c);                      // Queue a new character input
     IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c);                    // Queue a new character input from a UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate
@@ -2013,13 +2026,15 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     // [Internal] Dear ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed!
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+    ImGuiContext* Ctx;                              // Parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent).
+
     // Main Input State
     // (this block used to be written by backend, since 1.87 it is best to NOT write to those directly, call the AddXXX functions above instead)
     // (reading from those variables is fair game, as they are extremely unlikely to be moving anywhere)
     ImVec2      MousePos;                           // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.)
     bool        MouseDown[5];                       // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras (ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT == 5). Dear ImGui mostly uses left and right buttons. Other buttons allow us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API.
-    float       MouseWheel;                         // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text.
+    float       MouseWheel;                         // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. >0 scrolls Up, <0 scrolls Down. Hold SHIFT to turn vertical scroll into horizontal scroll.
-    float       MouseWheelH;                        // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with a horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends.
+    float       MouseWheelH;                        // Mouse wheel Horizontal. >0 scrolls Left, <0 scrolls Right. Most users don't have a mouse with a horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends.
     bool        KeyCtrl;                            // Keyboard modifier down: Control
     bool        KeyShift;                           // Keyboard modifier down: Shift
     bool        KeyAlt;                             // Keyboard modifier down: Alt
@@ -2068,6 +2083,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
 // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize:      Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow.
 struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData
 {
+    ImGuiContext*       Ctx;            // Parent UI context
     ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag;      // One ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback*    // Read-only
     ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags;          // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
     void*               UserData;       // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
@@ -2152,7 +2168,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor)
+// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Helper: Unicode defines
@@ -2292,6 +2308,7 @@ struct ImGuiStorage
 // - The clipper also handles various subtleties related to keyboard/gamepad navigation, wrapping etc.
 struct ImGuiListClipper
 {
+    ImGuiContext*   Ctx;                // Parent UI context
     int             DisplayStart;       // First item to display, updated by each call to Step()
     int             DisplayEnd;         // End of items to display (exclusive)
     int             ItemsCount;         // [Internal] Number of items
@@ -2315,6 +2332,32 @@ struct ImGuiListClipper
 #endif
 };
 
+// Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators
+// - It is important that we are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space.
+// - This is in order to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2/ImVec4 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h)
+// - You can use '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' to import our operators, provided as a courtesy.
+// - We unfortunately don't have a unary- operator for ImVec2 because this would needs to be defined inside the class itself.
+#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
+static inline ImVec2  operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)     { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs, lhs.y * rhs); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)     { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs, lhs.y / rhs); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)   { return ImVec2(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)   { return ImVec2(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)   { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2  operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)   { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs.x, lhs.y / rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)          { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)          { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)        { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)        { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)        { lhs.x *= rhs.x; lhs.y *= rhs.y; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)        { lhs.x /= rhs.x; lhs.y /= rhs.y; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec4  operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)   { return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w); }
+static inline ImVec4  operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)   { return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w); }
+static inline ImVec4  operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)   { return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w); }
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
+#endif
+
 // Helpers macros to generate 32-bit encoded colors
 // User can declare their own format by #defining the 5 _SHIFT/_MASK macros in their imconfig file.
 #ifndef IM_COL32_R_SHIFT
@@ -2602,10 +2645,9 @@ struct ImDrawList
     inline    void  PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx)                                     { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; }
     inline    void  PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col)         { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } // Write vertex with unique index
 
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    // Obsolete names
-    inline    void  AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021)
+    //inline  void  AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021)
-    inline    void  PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021)
+    //inline  void  PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021)
-#endif
 
     // [Internal helpers]
     IMGUI_API void  _ResetForNewFrame();
@@ -2657,7 +2699,7 @@ struct ImFontConfig
     bool            PixelSnapH;             // false    // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1.
     ImVec2          GlyphExtraSpacing;      // 0, 0     // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now.
     ImVec2          GlyphOffset;            // 0, 0     // Offset all glyphs from this font input.
-    const ImWchar*  GlyphRanges;            // NULL     // Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list). THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE.
+    const ImWchar*  GlyphRanges;            // NULL     // THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE. Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list).
     float           GlyphMinAdvanceX;       // 0        // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font
     float           GlyphMaxAdvanceX;       // FLT_MAX  // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs
     bool            MergeMode;              // false    // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights.
@@ -2859,8 +2901,10 @@ struct ImFont
     const ImFontConfig*         ConfigData;         // 4-8   // in  //            // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData
     short                       ConfigDataCount;    // 2     // in  // ~ 1        // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont.
     ImWchar                     FallbackChar;       // 2     // out // = FFFD/'?' // Character used if a glyph isn't found.
-    ImWchar                     EllipsisChar;       // 2     // out // = '...'    // Character used for ellipsis rendering.
+    ImWchar                     EllipsisChar;       // 2     // out // = '...'/'.'// Character used for ellipsis rendering.
-    ImWchar                     DotChar;            // 2     // out // = '.'      // Character used for ellipsis rendering (if a single '...' character isn't found)
+    short                       EllipsisCharCount;  // 1     // out // 1 or 3
+    float                       EllipsisWidth;      // 4     // out               // Width
+    float                       EllipsisCharStep;   // 4     // out               // Step between characters when EllipsisCount > 0
     bool                        DirtyLookupTables;  // 1     // out //
     float                       Scale;              // 4     // in  // = 1.f      // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale()
     float                       Ascent, Descent;    // 4+4   // out //            // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize]
@@ -2963,6 +3007,9 @@ namespace ImGui
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
 namespace ImGui
 {
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.89.4 (from March 2023)
+    static inline void  PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool tab_stop)                               { PushTabStop(tab_stop); }
+    static inline void  PopAllowKeyboardFocus()                                             { PopTabStop(); }
     // OBSOLETED in 1.89 (from August 2022)
     IMGUI_API bool      ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Use new ImageButton() signature (explicit item id, regular FramePadding)
     // OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022)

libs/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.89.2
+// dear imgui, v1.89.4
 // (demo code)
 
 // Help:
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 // - We try to declare static variables in the local scope, as close as possible to the code using them.
 // - We never use any of the helpers/facilities used internally by Dear ImGui, unless available in the public API.
 // - We never use maths operators on ImVec2/ImVec4. For our other sources files we use them, and they are provided
-//   by imgui_internal.h using the IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS define. For your own sources file they are optional
+//   by imgui.h using the IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS define. For your own sources file they are optional
 //   and require you either enable those, either provide your own via IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h.
 //   Because we can't assume anything about your support of maths operators, we cannot use them in imgui_demo.cpp.
 
@@ -211,9 +211,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs();
 static void HelpMarker(const char* desc)
 {
     ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)");
-    if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort))
+    if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) && ImGui::BeginTooltip())
     {
-        ImGui::BeginTooltip();
         ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f);
         ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc);
         ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
@@ -426,6 +425,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
 
         if (ImGui::TreeNode("Configuration##2"))
         {
+            ImGui::SeparatorText("General");
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableKeyboard",    &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard);
             ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable keyboard controls.");
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableGamepad",     &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad);
@@ -448,6 +448,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
             ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility.");
             ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue", &io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue);
             ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates.");
+            ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor itself. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something).");
+
+            ImGui::SeparatorText("Widgets");
             ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink", &io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink);
             ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting).");
             ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive", &io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive);
@@ -457,11 +461,19 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
             ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges", &io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges);
             ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner.\nThis requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback.");
             ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly", &io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly);
-            ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor);
+            ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors", &io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors);
-            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor itself. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something).");
             ImGui::Text("Also see Style->Rendering for rendering options.");
+
+            ImGui::SeparatorText("Debug");
+            ImGui::BeginDisabled();
+            ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce); // .
+            ImGui::EndDisabled();
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("First calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nTHIS OPTION IS DISABLED because it needs to be set at application boot-time to make sense. Showing the disabled option is a way to make this feature easier to discover");
+            ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nWill cycle through window depths then repeat. Windows should be flickering while running.");
+
             ImGui::TreePop();
-            ImGui::Separator();
+            ImGui::Spacing();
         }
 
         IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Backend Flags");
@@ -479,7 +491,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasSetMousePos",       &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos);
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasVtxOffset", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset);
             ImGui::TreePop();
-            ImGui::Separator();
+            ImGui::Spacing();
         }
 
         IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Style");
@@ -488,7 +500,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
             HelpMarker("The same contents can be accessed in 'Tools->Style Editor' or by calling the ShowStyleEditor() function.");
             ImGui::ShowStyleEditor();
             ImGui::TreePop();
-            ImGui::Separator();
+            ImGui::Spacing();
         }
 
         IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Capture, Logging");
@@ -556,6 +568,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
     IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic");
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
     {
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("General");
+
         IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Button");
         static int clicked = 0;
         if (ImGui::Button("Button"))
@@ -610,19 +624,41 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         ImGui::SameLine();
         ImGui::Text("%d", counter);
 
-        ImGui::Separator();
+        {
+            // Tooltips
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Tooltips");
+            //ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
+            ImGui::Text("Tooltips:");
+
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::SmallButton("Button");
+            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+                ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip");
+
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::SmallButton("Fancy");
+            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ImGui::BeginTooltip())
+            {
+                ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip");
+                static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f };
+                ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr));
+                ImGui::Text("Sin(time) = %f", sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime()));
+                ImGui::EndTooltip();
+            }
+
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::SmallButton("Delayed");
+            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) // With a delay
+                ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a delay.");
+
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            HelpMarker(
+                "Tooltip are created by using the IsItemHovered() function over any kind of item.");
+        }
+
         ImGui::LabelText("label", "Value");
 
-        {
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Inputs");
-            // Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here
-            // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api.
-            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Combo");
-            const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIIIIII", "JJJJ", "KKKKKKK" };
-            static int item_current = 0;
-            ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
-            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
-                "Using the simplified one-liner Combo API here.\nRefer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginCombo/EndCombo API.");
-        }
 
         {
             // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type,
@@ -666,6 +702,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4a);
         }
 
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Drags");
+
         {
             IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/DragInt, DragFloat");
             static int i1 = 50, i2 = 42;
@@ -682,6 +720,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             ImGui::DragFloat("drag small float", &f2, 0.0001f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.06f ns");
         }
 
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Sliders");
+
         {
             IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/SliderInt, SliderFloat");
             static int i1 = 0;
@@ -708,6 +748,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the format string parameter to display a name instead of the underlying integer.");
         }
 
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Selectors/Pickers");
+
         {
             IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/ColorEdit3, ColorEdit4");
             static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f };
@@ -722,6 +764,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2);
         }
 
+        {
+            // Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here
+            // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api.
+            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Combo");
+            const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIIIIII", "JJJJ", "KKKKKKK" };
+            static int item_current = 0;
+            ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
+                "Using the simplified one-liner Combo API here.\nRefer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginCombo/EndCombo API.");
+        }
+
         {
             // Using the _simplified_ one-liner ListBox() api here
             // See "List boxes" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api.
@@ -733,40 +786,6 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
                 "Using the simplified one-liner ListBox API here.\nRefer to the \"List boxes\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginListBox/EndListBox API.");
         }
 
-        {
-            // Tooltips
-            IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Tooltips");
-            ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
-            ImGui::Text("Tooltips:");
-
-            ImGui::SameLine();
-            ImGui::Button("Button");
-            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
-                ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip");
-
-            ImGui::SameLine();
-            ImGui::Button("Fancy");
-            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
-            {
-                ImGui::BeginTooltip();
-                ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip");
-                static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f };
-                ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr));
-                ImGui::Text("Sin(time) = %f", sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime()));
-                ImGui::EndTooltip();
-            }
-
-            ImGui::SameLine();
-            ImGui::Button("Delayed");
-            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) // Delay best used on items that highlight on hover, so this not a great example!
-                ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a delay.");
-
-            ImGui::SameLine();
-            HelpMarker(
-                "Tooltip are created by using the IsItemHovered() function over any kind of item.");
-
-        }
-
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
 
@@ -1026,16 +1045,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         float my_tex_w = (float)io.Fonts->TexWidth;
         float my_tex_h = (float)io.Fonts->TexHeight;
         {
+            static bool use_text_color_for_tint = false;
+            ImGui::Checkbox("Use Text Color for Tint", &use_text_color_for_tint);
             ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h);
             ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
             ImVec2 uv_min = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);                 // Top-left
             ImVec2 uv_max = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f);                 // Lower-right
-            ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);   // No tint
+            ImVec4 tint_col = use_text_color_for_tint ? ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);   // No tint
-            ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); // 50% opaque white
+            ImVec4 border_col = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Border);
             ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), uv_min, uv_max, tint_col, border_col);
-            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+            if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ImGui::BeginTooltip())
             {
-                ImGui::BeginTooltip();
                 float region_sz = 32.0f;
                 float region_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - region_sz * 0.5f;
                 float region_y = io.MousePos.y - pos.y - region_sz * 0.5f;
@@ -1689,7 +1709,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         }
 
         // Use functions to generate output
-        // FIXME: This is rather awkward because current plot API only pass in indices.
+        // FIXME: This is actually VERY awkward because current plot API only pass in indices.
         // We probably want an API passing floats and user provide sample rate/count.
         struct Funcs
         {
@@ -1697,7 +1717,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             static float Saw(void*, int i) { return (i & 1) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; }
         };
         static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70;
-        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Functions");
         ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
         ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0");
         ImGui::SameLine();
@@ -1740,6 +1760,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         static bool drag_and_drop = true;
         static bool options_menu = true;
         static bool hdr = false;
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Options");
         ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Preview", &alpha_preview);
         ImGui::Checkbox("With Half Alpha Preview", &alpha_half_preview);
         ImGui::Checkbox("With Drag and Drop", &drag_and_drop);
@@ -1748,6 +1769,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         ImGuiColorEditFlags misc_flags = (hdr ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR : 0) | (drag_and_drop ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) | (alpha_half_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf : (alpha_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview : 0)) | (options_menu ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions);
 
         IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit");
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Inline color editor");
         ImGui::Text("Color widget:");
         ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
             "Click on the color square to open a color picker.\n"
@@ -1845,7 +1867,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3c", *(ImVec4*)&color, misc_flags | (no_border ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder : 0), ImVec2(80, 80));
 
         IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorPicker");
-        ImGui::Text("Color picker:");
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Color picker");
         static bool alpha = true;
         static bool alpha_bar = true;
         static bool side_preview = true;
@@ -2016,7 +2038,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         const float drag_speed = 0.2f;
         static bool drag_clamp = false;
         IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Drags");
-        ImGui::Text("Drags:");
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Drags");
         ImGui::Checkbox("Clamp integers to 0..50", &drag_clamp);
         ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
             "As with every widget in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\n"
@@ -2036,7 +2058,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         ImGui::DragScalar("drag double log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "0 < %.10f < 1", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic);
 
         IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Sliders");
-        ImGui::Text("Sliders");
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Sliders");
         ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 full",       ImGuiDataType_S8,     &s8_v,  &s8_min,   &s8_max,   "%d");
         ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 full",       ImGuiDataType_U8,     &u8_v,  &u8_min,   &u8_max,   "%u");
         ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s16 full",      ImGuiDataType_S16,    &s16_v, &s16_min,  &s16_max,  "%d");
@@ -2061,7 +2083,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one,  "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic);
         ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double high",   ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_lo_a, &f64_hi_a, "%e grams");
 
-        ImGui::Text("Sliders (reverse)");
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Sliders (reverse)");
         ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 reverse",    ImGuiDataType_S8,   &s8_v,  &s8_max,    &s8_min,   "%d");
         ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 reverse",    ImGuiDataType_U8,   &u8_v,  &u8_max,    &u8_min,   "%u");
         ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 reverse",   ImGuiDataType_S32,  &s32_v, &s32_fifty, &s32_zero, "%d");
@@ -2071,7 +2093,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
 
         IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Inputs");
         static bool inputs_step = true;
-        ImGui::Text("Inputs");
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Inputs");
         ImGui::Checkbox("Show step buttons", &inputs_step);
         ImGui::InputScalar("input s8",      ImGuiDataType_S8,     &s8_v,  inputs_step ? &s8_one  : NULL, NULL, "%d");
         ImGui::InputScalar("input u8",      ImGuiDataType_U8,     &u8_v,  inputs_step ? &u8_one  : NULL, NULL, "%u");
@@ -2095,22 +2117,23 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         static float vec4f[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f };
         static int vec4i[4] = { 1, 5, 100, 255 };
 
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("2-wide");
         ImGui::InputFloat2("input float2", vec4f);
         ImGui::DragFloat2("drag float2", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
         ImGui::SliderFloat2("slider float2", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
         ImGui::InputInt2("input int2", vec4i);
         ImGui::DragInt2("drag int2", vec4i, 1, 0, 255);
         ImGui::SliderInt2("slider int2", vec4i, 0, 255);
-        ImGui::Spacing();
 
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("3-wide");
         ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4f);
         ImGui::DragFloat3("drag float3", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
         ImGui::SliderFloat3("slider float3", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
         ImGui::InputInt3("input int3", vec4i);
         ImGui::DragInt3("drag int3", vec4i, 1, 0, 255);
         ImGui::SliderInt3("slider int3", vec4i, 0, 255);
-        ImGui::Spacing();
 
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("4-wide");
         ImGui::InputFloat4("input float4", vec4f);
         ImGui::DragFloat4("drag float4", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
         ImGui::SliderFloat4("slider float4", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
@@ -2527,6 +2550,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
     IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Child windows");
     if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child windows"))
     {
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Child windows");
+
         HelpMarker("Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window.");
         static bool disable_mouse_wheel = false;
         static bool disable_menu = false;
@@ -2579,7 +2604,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
             ImGui::PopStyleVar();
         }
 
-        ImGui::Separator();
+        ImGui::SeparatorText("Misc/Advanced");
 
         // Demonstrate a few extra things
         // - Changing ImGuiCol_ChildBg (which is transparent black in default styles)
@@ -3343,8 +3368,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
         ImGui::TextUnformatted(selected_fish == -1 ? "<None>" : names[selected_fish]);
         if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_select_popup"))
         {
-            ImGui::Text("Aquarium");
+            ImGui::SeparatorText("Aquarium");
-            ImGui::Separator();
             for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++)
                 if (ImGui::Selectable(names[i]))
                     selected_fish = i;
@@ -3521,7 +3545,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
 
         if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Delete?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
         {
-            ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!\n\n");
+            ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!");
             ImGui::Separator();
 
             //static int unused_i = 0;
@@ -3704,9 +3728,8 @@ static void EditTableSizingFlags(ImGuiTableFlags* p_flags)
     }
     ImGui::SameLine();
     ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)");
-    if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+    if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ImGui::BeginTooltip())
     {
-        ImGui::BeginTooltip();
         ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 50.0f);
         for (int m = 0; m < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); m++)
         {
@@ -5718,13 +5741,15 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs()
             ImGui::Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel);
 
             // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends.
-            // User code should never have to go through such hoops: old code may use native keycodes, new code may use ImGuiKey codes.
+            // User code should never have to go through such hoops! You can generally iterate between ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN and ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END.
 #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
             struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } };
+            ImGuiKey start_key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN;
 #else
             struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key < 512 && ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array
+            ImGuiKey start_key = (ImGuiKey)0;
 #endif
-            ImGui::Text("Keys down:");         for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !ImGui::IsKeyDown(key)) continue; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text((key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%.02f)", ImGui::GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); }
+            ImGui::Text("Keys down:");         for (ImGuiKey key = start_key; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !ImGui::IsKeyDown(key)) continue; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text((key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%.02f)", ImGui::GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); }
             ImGui::Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : "");
             ImGui::Text("Chars queue:");       for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; ImGui::SameLine();  ImGui::Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public.
 
@@ -5812,10 +5837,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs()
             ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
             ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
             ImGui::InputText("3", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
-            ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false);
+            ImGui::PushTabStop(false);
             ImGui::InputText("4 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
             ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab.");
-            ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
+            ImGui::PopTabStop();
             ImGui::InputText("5", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
             ImGui::TreePop();
         }
@@ -5837,12 +5862,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs()
             ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
             if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 2;
 
-            ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false);
+            ImGui::PushTabStop(false);
             if (focus_3) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere();
             ImGui::InputText("3 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
             if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 3;
             ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab.");
-            ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
+            ImGui::PopTabStop();
 
             if (has_focus)
                 ImGui::Text("Item with focus: %d", has_focus);
@@ -5993,6 +6018,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open)
 #endif
 #ifdef __clang_version__
         ImGui::Text("define: __clang_version__=%s", __clang_version__);
+#endif
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+        ImGui::Text("define: __EMSCRIPTEN__");
 #endif
         ImGui::Separator();
         ImGui::Text("io.BackendPlatformName: %s", io.BackendPlatformName ? io.BackendPlatformName : "NULL");
@@ -6142,7 +6170,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
     {
         if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Sizes"))
         {
-            ImGui::Text("Main");
+            ImGui::SeparatorText("Main");
             ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowPadding", (float*)&style.WindowPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat2("FramePadding", (float*)&style.FramePadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", (float*)&style.CellPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
@@ -6152,22 +6180,24 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
             ImGui::SliderFloat("IndentSpacing", &style.IndentSpacing, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarSize", &style.ScrollbarSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabMinSize", &style.GrabMinSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
-            ImGui::Text("Borders");
+
+            ImGui::SeparatorText("Borders");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowBorderSize", &style.WindowBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildBorderSize", &style.ChildBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupBorderSize", &style.PopupBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameBorderSize", &style.FrameBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBorderSize", &style.TabBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
-            ImGui::Text("Rounding");
+
+            ImGui::SeparatorText("Rounding");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildRounding", &style.ChildRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupRounding", &style.PopupRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarRounding", &style.ScrollbarRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
-            ImGui::SliderFloat("LogSliderDeadzone", &style.LogSliderDeadzone, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderFloat("TabRounding", &style.TabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
-            ImGui::Text("Alignment");
+
+            ImGui::SeparatorText("Widgets");
             ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
             int window_menu_button_position = style.WindowMenuButtonPosition + 1;
             if (ImGui::Combo("WindowMenuButtonPosition", (int*)&window_menu_button_position, "None\0Left\0Right\0"))
@@ -6177,9 +6207,13 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
             ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content.");
             ImGui::SliderFloat2("SelectableTextAlign", (float*)&style.SelectableTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
             ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content.");
-            ImGui::Text("Safe Area Padding");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("SeparatorTextBorderSize", &style.SeparatorTextBorderSize, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f");
-            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured).");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("SeparatorTextAlign", (float*)&style.SeparatorTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
-            ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("SeparatorTextPadding", (float*)&style.SeparatorTextPadding, 0.0f, 40.0f, "%0.f");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("LogSliderDeadzone", &style.LogSliderDeadzone, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
+
+            ImGui::SeparatorText("Misc");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured).");
             ImGui::EndTabItem();
         }
 
@@ -6289,10 +6323,11 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
 
             // When editing the "Circle Segment Max Error" value, draw a preview of its effect on auto-tessellated circles.
             ImGui::DragFloat("Circle Tessellation Max Error", &style.CircleTessellationMaxError , 0.005f, 0.10f, 5.0f, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp);
-            if (ImGui::IsItemActive())
+            const bool show_samples = ImGui::IsItemActive();
-            {
+            if (show_samples)
                 ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos());
-                ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+            if (show_samples && ImGui::BeginTooltip())
+            {
                 ImGui::TextUnformatted("(R = radius, N = number of segments)");
                 ImGui::Spacing();
                 ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
@@ -6489,6 +6524,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile()
         IM_ASSERT(0);
     }
     if (ImGui::MenuItem("Checked", NULL, true)) {}
+    ImGui::Separator();
     if (ImGui::MenuItem("Quit", "Alt+F4")) {}
 }
 

libs/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.89.2
+// dear imgui, v1.89.4
 // (drawing and font code)
 
 /*
@@ -26,13 +26,12 @@ Index of this file:
 #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
 #endif
 
-#include "imgui.h"
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
-
 #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #endif
 
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
 #include "imgui_internal.h"
 #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
 #include "misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h"
@@ -389,6 +388,8 @@ void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame()
     IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0);
     IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4));
     IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID));
+    if (_Splitter._Count > 1)
+        _Splitter.Merge(this);
 
     CmdBuffer.resize(0);
     IdxBuffer.resize(0);
@@ -706,7 +707,7 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, c
 // We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds.
 void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness)
 {
-    if (points_count < 2)
+    if (points_count < 2 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
     const bool closed = (flags & ImDrawFlags_Closed) != 0;
@@ -964,7 +965,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32
 // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing.
 void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col)
 {
-    if (points_count < 3)
+    if (points_count < 3 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
     const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
@@ -2382,7 +2383,12 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
         ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex];
         src_tmp.SrcRanges = cfg.GlyphRanges ? cfg.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault();
         for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2)
+        {
+            // Check for valid range. This may also help detect *some* dangling pointers, because a common
+            // user error is to setup ImFontConfig::GlyphRanges with a pointer to data that isn't persistent.
+            IM_ASSERT(src_range[0] <= src_range[1]);
             src_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest, (int)src_range[1]);
+        }
         dst_tmp.SrcCount++;
         dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest, src_tmp.GlyphsHighest);
     }
@@ -2937,19 +2943,19 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese()
     // 2999 ideograms code points for Japanese
     // - 2136 Joyo (meaning "for regular use" or "for common use") Kanji code points
     // - 863 Jinmeiyo (meaning "for personal name") Kanji code points
-    // - Sourced from the character information database of the Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan
+    // - Sourced from official information provided by the government agencies of Japan:
-    //   - https://mojikiban.ipa.go.jp/mji/
+    //   - List of Joyo Kanji by the Agency for Cultural Affairs
-    //   - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.1 Japan (CC BY-SA 2.1 JP).
+    //     - https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kijun/naikaku/kanji/
-    //     - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/deed.en
+    //   - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji by the Ministry of Justice
-    //     - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/legalcode
+    //     - http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html
-    //   - You can generate this code by the script at:
+    //   - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International (CC BY 4.0).
-    //     - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji
+    //     - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
+    // - You can generate this code by the script at:
+    //   - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji
     // - References:
     //   - List of Joyo Kanji
-    //     - (Official list by the Agency for Cultural Affairs) https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kakuki/14/tosin02/index.html
     //     - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_j%C5%8Dy%C5%8D_kanji
     //   - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji
-    //     - (Official list by the Ministry of Justice) http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html
     //     - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jinmeiy%C5%8D_kanji
     // - Missing 1 Joyo Kanji: U+20B9F (Kun'yomi: Shikaru, On'yomi: Shitsu,shichi), see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/3627 for details.
     // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters.
@@ -3112,7 +3118,8 @@ ImFont::ImFont()
     FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f;
     FallbackChar = (ImWchar)-1;
     EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1;
-    DotChar = (ImWchar)-1;
+    EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep = 0.0f;
+    EllipsisCharCount = 0;
     FallbackGlyph = NULL;
     ContainerAtlas = NULL;
     ConfigData = NULL;
@@ -3200,8 +3207,20 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable()
     const ImWchar dots_chars[] = { (ImWchar)'.', (ImWchar)0xFF0E };
     if (EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1)
         EllipsisChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, ellipsis_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_chars));
-    if (DotChar == (ImWchar)-1)
+    const ImWchar dot_char = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, dots_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dots_chars));
-        DotChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, dots_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dots_chars));
+    if (EllipsisChar != (ImWchar)-1)
+    {
+        EllipsisCharCount = 1;
+        EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep = FindGlyph(EllipsisChar)->X1;
+    }
+    else if (dot_char != (ImWchar)-1)
+    {
+        const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(dot_char);
+        EllipsisChar = dot_char;
+        EllipsisCharCount = 3;
+        EllipsisCharStep = (glyph->X1 - glyph->X0) + 1.0f;
+        EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep * 3.0f - 1.0f;
+    }
 
     // Setup fallback character
     const ImWchar fallback_chars[] = { (ImWchar)IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID, (ImWchar)'?', (ImWchar)' ' };
@@ -3369,6 +3388,7 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c
     bool inside_word = true;
 
     const char* s = text;
+    IM_ASSERT(text_end != NULL);
     while (s < text_end)
     {
         unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
@@ -3377,8 +3397,6 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c
             next_s = s + 1;
         else
             next_s = s + ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
-        if (c == 0)
-            break;
 
         if (c < 32)
         {
@@ -3484,15 +3502,9 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons
         const char* prev_s = s;
         unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
         if (c < 0x80)
-        {
             s += 1;
-        }
         else
-        {
             s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
-            if (c == 0) // Malformed UTF-8?
-                break;
-        }
 
         if (c < 32)
         {
@@ -3567,18 +3579,17 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im
         while (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && s < text_end)
         {
             const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', text_end - s);
-            const char* line_next = line_end ? line_end + 1 : text_end;
             if (word_wrap_enabled)
             {
                 // FIXME-OPT: This is not optimal as do first do a search for \n before calling CalcWordWrapPositionA().
                 // If the specs for CalcWordWrapPositionA() were reworked to optionally return on \n we could combine both.
                 // However it is still better than nothing performing the fast-forward!
-                s = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, line_next, wrap_width);
+                s = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, line_end ? line_end : text_end, wrap_width);
                 s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end);
             }
             else
             {
-                s = line_next;
+                s = line_end ? line_end + 1 : text_end;
             }
             y += line_height;
         }
@@ -3605,10 +3616,9 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im
     const int idx_count_max = (int)(text_end - s) * 6;
     const int idx_expected_size = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size + idx_count_max;
     draw_list->PrimReserve(idx_count_max, vtx_count_max);
-
+    ImDrawVert*  vtx_write = draw_list->_VtxWritePtr;
-    ImDrawVert* vtx_write = draw_list->_VtxWritePtr;
+    ImDrawIdx*   idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr;
-    ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr;
+    unsigned int vtx_index = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
-    unsigned int vtx_current_idx = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
 
     const ImU32 col_untinted = col | ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
     const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL;
@@ -3634,15 +3644,9 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im
         // Decode and advance source
         unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
         if (c < 0x80)
-        {
             s += 1;
-        }
         else
-        {
             s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
-            if (c == 0) // Malformed UTF-8?
-                break;
-        }
 
         if (c < 32)
         {
@@ -3713,14 +3717,14 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im
 
                 // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug builds. Inlined here:
                 {
-                    idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2);
-                    idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+3);
                     vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1;
                     vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1;
                     vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2;
                     vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2;
+                    idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 2);
+                    idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 3);
                     vtx_write += 4;
-                    vtx_current_idx += 4;
+                    vtx_index += 4;
                     idx_write += 6;
                 }
             }
@@ -3734,7 +3738,7 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im
     draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
     draw_list->_VtxWritePtr = vtx_write;
     draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write;
-    draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_current_idx;
+    draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_index;
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

libs/imgui/imgui_internal.h

@@ -1,10 +1,12 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.89.2
+// dear imgui, v1.89.4
 // (internal structures/api)
 
-// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility!
+// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend Dear ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility.
-// Set:
+// To implement maths operators for ImVec2 (disabled by default to not conflict with using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA with your own math types+operators), use:
-//   #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+/*
-// To implement maths operators for ImVec2 (disabled by default to not collide with using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA along with your own math types+operators)
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#include "imgui_internal.h"
+*/
 
 /*
 
@@ -93,6 +95,12 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"      // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
 #endif
 
+// In 1.89.4, we moved the implementation of "courtesy maths operators" from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h
+// As they are frequently requested, we do not want to encourage to many people using imgui_internal.h
+#if defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS) && !defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED)
+#error Please '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' _BEFORE_ including imgui.h!
+#endif
+
 // Legacy defines
 #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS            // Renamed in 1.74
 #error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
@@ -118,6 +126,7 @@ struct ImDrawListSharedData;        // Data shared between all ImDrawList instan
 struct ImGuiColorMod;               // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
 struct ImGuiContext;                // Main Dear ImGui context
 struct ImGuiContextHook;            // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine
+struct ImGuiDataVarInfo;            // Variable information (e.g. to avoid style variables from an enum)
 struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo;           // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum
 struct ImGuiGroupData;              // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
 struct ImGuiInputTextState;         // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
@@ -316,8 +325,8 @@ namespace ImStb
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Helpers: Hashing
-IMGUI_API ImGuiID       ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0);
+IMGUI_API ImGuiID       ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed = 0);
-IMGUI_API ImGuiID       ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0);
+IMGUI_API ImGuiID       ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImGuiID seed = 0);
 
 // Helpers: Sorting
 #ifndef ImQsort
@@ -372,29 +381,6 @@ IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char
 IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                             // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8
 IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);                        // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8
 
-// Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators
-// We are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space, to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA etc.)
-// We unfortunately don't have a unary- operator for ImVec2 because this would needs to be defined inside the class itself.
-#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
-static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)              { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs, lhs.y * rhs); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)              { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs, lhs.y / rhs); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)            { return ImVec2(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)            { return ImVec2(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)            { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)            { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs.x, lhs.y / rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)                  { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs)                  { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { lhs.x *= rhs.x; lhs.y *= rhs.y; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { lhs.x /= rhs.x; lhs.y /= rhs.y; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)            { return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w); }
-static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)            { return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w); }
-static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs)            { return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w); }
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
-#endif
-
 // Helpers: File System
 #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS
 #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
@@ -548,9 +534,12 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect
     bool        IsInverted() const                  { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; }
     ImVec4      ToVec4() const                      { return ImVec4(Min.x, Min.y, Max.x, Max.y); }
 };
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
 
 // Helper: ImBitArray
+#define         IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(_ARRAY, _N)                 ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] & ((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31))) != 0) // Macro version of ImBitArrayTestBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly!
+#define         IM_BITARRAY_CLEARBIT(_ARRAY, _N)                ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] &= ~((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31))))    // Macro version of ImBitArrayClearBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly!
+inline size_t   ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(int bitcount)   { return (size_t)((bitcount + 31) >> 5) << 2; }
+inline void     ImBitArrayClearAllBits(ImU32* arr, int bitcount){ memset(arr, 0, ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(bitcount)); }
 inline bool     ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n)      { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; }
 inline void     ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n)           { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; }
 inline void     ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n)             { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; }
@@ -567,6 +556,8 @@ inline void     ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on ran
     }
 }
 
+typedef ImU32* ImBitArrayPtr; // Name for use in structs
+
 // Helper: ImBitArray class (wrapper over ImBitArray functions)
 // Store 1-bit per value.
 template<int BITCOUNT, int OFFSET = 0>
@@ -576,11 +567,11 @@ struct ImBitArray
     ImBitArray()                                { ClearAllBits(); }
     void            ClearAllBits()              { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); }
     void            SetAllBits()                { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); }
-    bool            TestBit(int n) const        { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); }
+    bool            TestBit(int n) const        { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage, n); }
     void            SetBit(int n)               { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n); }
     void            ClearBit(int n)             { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n); }
     void            SetBitRange(int n, int n2)  { n += OFFSET; n2 += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT && n2 > n && n2 <= BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2)
-    bool            operator[](int n) const     { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); }
+    bool            operator[](int n) const     { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage, n); }
 };
 
 // Helper: ImBitVector
@@ -590,10 +581,11 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector
     ImVector<ImU32> Storage;
     void            Create(int sz)              { Storage.resize((sz + 31) >> 5); memset(Storage.Data, 0, (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0])); }
     void            Clear()                     { Storage.clear(); }
-    bool            TestBit(int n) const        { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage.Data, n); }
+    bool            TestBit(int n) const        { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage.Data, n); }
     void            SetBit(int n)               { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage.Data, n); }
     void            ClearBit(int n)             { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage.Data, n); }
 };
+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
 
 // Helper: ImSpan<>
 // Pointing to a span of data we don't own.
@@ -797,10 +789,10 @@ enum ImGuiItemFlags_
 {
     // Controlled by user
     ImGuiItemFlags_None                     = 0,
-    ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop                = 1 << 0,  // false     // Disable keyboard tabbing (FIXME: should merge with _NoNav)
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop                = 1 << 0,  // false     // Disable keyboard tabbing. This is a "lighter" version of ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav.
     ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat             = 1 << 1,  // false     // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings.
     ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled                 = 1 << 2,  // false     // Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals. See BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled(). See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
-    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav                    = 1 << 3,  // false     // Disable keyboard/gamepad directional navigation (FIXME: should merge with _NoTabStop)
+    ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav                    = 1 << 3,  // false     // Disable any form of focusing (keyboard/gamepad directional navigation and SetKeyboardFocusHere() calls)
     ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus        = 1 << 4,  // false     // Disable item being a candidate for default focus (e.g. used by title bar items)
     ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5,  // false     // Disable MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closing their popup window
     ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue               = 1 << 6,  // false     // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets)
@@ -827,11 +819,13 @@ enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
     ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing   = 1 << 8,   // Set when the Focusable item just got focused by Tabbing (FIXME: to be removed soon)
     ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible            = 1 << 9,   // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()).
 
+    // Additional status + semantic for ImGuiTestEngine
 #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
     ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable           = 1 << 20,  // Item is an openable (e.g. TreeNode)
-    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened             = 1 << 21,  //
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened             = 1 << 21,  // Opened status
     ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable          = 1 << 22,  // Item is a checkable (e.g. CheckBox, MenuItem)
-    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked            = 1 << 23,  //
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked            = 1 << 23,  // Checked status
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable          = 1 << 24,  // Item is a text-inputable (e.g. InputText, SliderXXX, DragXXX)
 #endif
 };
 
@@ -960,6 +954,14 @@ enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy
     ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip,
 };
 
+struct ImGuiDataVarInfo
+{
+    ImGuiDataType   Type;
+    ImU32           Count;      // 1+
+    ImU32           Offset;     // Offset in parent structure
+    void* GetVarPtr(void* parent) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)parent + Offset); }
+};
+
 struct ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage
 {
     ImU8        Data[8];        // Can fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT
@@ -1050,7 +1052,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns
 // For a given item ID, access with ImGui::GetInputTextState()
 struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState
 {
-    ImGuiContext*           Ctx;                    // parent dear imgui context
+    ImGuiContext*           Ctx;                    // parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent).
     ImGuiID                 ID;                     // widget id owning the text state
     int                     CurLenW, CurLenA;       // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. UTF-8 length is valid even if TextA is not.
     ImVector<ImWchar>       TextW;                  // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer.
@@ -1066,7 +1068,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState
     bool                    Edited;                 // edited this frame
     ImGuiInputTextFlags     Flags;                  // copy of InputText() flags. may be used to check if e.g. ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set.
 
-    ImGuiInputTextState(ImGuiContext* ctx)  { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); Ctx = ctx;}
+    ImGuiInputTextState()                   { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
     void        ClearText()                 { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); }
     void        ClearFreeMemory()           { TextW.clear(); TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); }
     int         GetUndoAvailCount() const   { return Stb.undostate.undo_point; }
@@ -1180,8 +1182,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes
     short   SizeOfDisabledStack;
 
     ImGuiStackSizes() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-    void SetToCurrentState();
+    void SetToContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx);
-    void CompareWithCurrentState();
+    void CompareWithContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx);
 };
 
 // Data saved for each window pushed into the stack
@@ -1212,6 +1214,7 @@ struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex
 // [SECTION] Inputs support
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+// Bit array for named keys
 typedef ImBitArray<ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT, -ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN>    ImBitArrayForNamedKeys;
 
 // [Internal] Key ranges
@@ -1412,8 +1415,8 @@ struct ImGuiListClipperData
 enum ImGuiActivateFlags_
 {
     ImGuiActivateFlags_None                 = 0,
-    ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput          = 1 << 0,       // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default if keyboard is available.
+    ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput          = 1 << 0,       // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Enter key.
-    ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak          = 1 << 1,       // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default if keyboard is not available.
+    ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak          = 1 << 1,       // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Space key and if keyboard is not used.
     ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState   = 1 << 2,       // Request widget to preserve state if it can (e.g. InputText will try to preserve cursor/selection)
 };
 
@@ -1599,6 +1602,7 @@ struct ImGuiWindowSettings
     ImVec2ih    Size;
     bool        Collapsed;
     bool        WantApply;      // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context)
+    bool        WantDelete;     // Set to invalidate/delete the settings entry
 
     ImGuiWindowSettings()       { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
     char* GetName()             { return (char*)(this + 1); }
@@ -1663,23 +1667,16 @@ enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_
 
 struct ImGuiMetricsConfig
 {
-    bool        ShowDebugLog;
+    bool        ShowDebugLog = false;
-    bool        ShowStackTool;
+    bool        ShowStackTool = false;
-    bool        ShowWindowsRects;
+    bool        ShowWindowsRects = false;
-    bool        ShowWindowsBeginOrder;
+    bool        ShowWindowsBeginOrder = false;
-    bool        ShowTablesRects;
+    bool        ShowTablesRects = false;
-    bool        ShowDrawCmdMesh;
+    bool        ShowDrawCmdMesh = true;
-    bool        ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes;
+    bool        ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true;
-    int         ShowWindowsRectsType;
+    bool        ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor = false;
-    int         ShowTablesRectsType;
+    int         ShowWindowsRectsType = -1;
-
+    int         ShowTablesRectsType = -1;
-    ImGuiMetricsConfig()
-    {
-        ShowDebugLog = ShowStackTool = ShowWindowsRects = ShowWindowsBeginOrder = ShowTablesRects = false;
-        ShowDrawCmdMesh = true;
-        ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true;
-        ShowWindowsRectsType = ShowTablesRectsType = -1;
-    }
 };
 
 struct ImGuiStackLevelInfo
@@ -1836,10 +1833,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     ImGuiWindow*            NavWindow;                          // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusedWindow'
     ImGuiID                 NavId;                              // Focused item for navigation
     ImGuiID                 NavFocusScopeId;                    // Identify a selection scope (selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the selection set)
-    ImGuiID                 NavActivateId;                      // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem()
+    ImGuiID                 NavActivateId;                      // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem()
-    ImGuiID                 NavActivateDownId;                  // ~~ IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0
+    ImGuiID                 NavActivateDownId;                  // ~~ IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0
-    ImGuiID                 NavActivatePressedId;               // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 (no repeat)
+    ImGuiID                 NavActivatePressedId;               // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 (no repeat)
-    ImGuiID                 NavActivateInputId;                 // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput) ? NavId : 0; ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput will be set and NavActivateId will be 0.
     ImGuiActivateFlags      NavActivateFlags;
     ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedToId;                   // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
     ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId;         // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
@@ -1943,9 +1939,11 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     ImFont                  InputTextPasswordFont;
     ImGuiID                 TempInputId;                        // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc.
     ImGuiColorEditFlags     ColorEditOptions;                   // Store user options for color edit widgets
-    float                   ColorEditLastHue;                   // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor, so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips
+    ImGuiID                 ColorEditCurrentID;                 // Set temporarily while inside of the parent-most ColorEdit4/ColorPicker4 (because they call each others).
-    float                   ColorEditLastSat;                   // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor, so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips
+    ImGuiID                 ColorEditSavedID;                   // ID we are saving/restoring HS for
-    ImU32                   ColorEditLastColor;                 // RGB value with alpha set to 0.
+    float                   ColorEditSavedHue;                  // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor, so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips
+    float                   ColorEditSavedSat;                  // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor, so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips
+    ImU32                   ColorEditSavedColor;                // RGB value with alpha set to 0.
     ImVec4                  ColorPickerRef;                     // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker.
     ImGuiComboPreviewData   ComboPreviewData;
     float                   SliderGrabClickOffset;
@@ -1996,7 +1994,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     ImGuiDebugLogFlags      DebugLogFlags;
     ImGuiTextBuffer         DebugLogBuf;
     ImGuiTextIndex          DebugLogIndex;
+    ImU8                    DebugLogClipperAutoDisableFrames;
     ImU8                    DebugLocateFrames;                  // For DebugLocateItemOnHover(). This is used together with DebugLocateId which is in a hot/cached spot above.
+    ImS8                    DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth;     // Cycle between 0..9 then wrap around.
     bool                    DebugItemPickerActive;              // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker())
     ImU8                    DebugItemPickerMouseButton;
     ImGuiID                 DebugItemPickerBreakId;             // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this ID
@@ -2014,8 +2014,10 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     ImVector<char>          TempBuffer;                         // Temporary text buffer
 
     ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas)
-        : InputTextState(this)
     {
+        IO.Ctx = this;
+        InputTextState.Ctx = this;
+
         Initialized = false;
         FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true;
         Font = NULL;
@@ -2074,7 +2076,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
         BeginMenuCount = 0;
 
         NavWindow = NULL;
-        NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavActivateInputId = 0;
+        NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = 0;
         NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = NavNextActivateId = 0;
         NavActivateFlags = NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
         NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None;
@@ -2131,8 +2133,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext
 
         TempInputId = 0;
         ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_;
-        ColorEditLastHue = ColorEditLastSat = 0.0f;
+        ColorEditCurrentID = ColorEditSavedID = 0;
-        ColorEditLastColor = 0;
+        ColorEditSavedHue = ColorEditSavedSat = 0.0f;
+        ColorEditSavedColor = 0;
         SliderGrabClickOffset = 0.0f;
         SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
         SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false;
@@ -2165,7 +2168,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext
 
         DebugLogFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY;
         DebugLocateId = 0;
+        DebugLogClipperAutoDisableFrames = 0;
         DebugLocateFrames = 0;
+        DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = -1;
         DebugItemPickerActive = false;
         DebugItemPickerMouseButton = ImGuiMouseButton_Left;
         DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;
@@ -2234,6 +2239,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData
 // Storage for one window
 struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
 {
+    ImGuiContext*           Ctx;                                // Parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent).
     char*                   Name;                               // Window name, owned by the window.
     ImGuiID                 ID;                                 // == ImHashStr(Name)
     ImGuiWindowFlags        Flags;                              // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
@@ -2344,10 +2350,10 @@ public:
 
     // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWindow.
     ImRect      Rect() const            { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }
-    float       CalcFontSize() const    { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; }
+    float       CalcFontSize() const    { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; }
-    float       TitleBarHeight() const  { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; }
+    float       TitleBarHeight() const  { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; }
     ImRect      TitleBarRect() const    { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); }
-    float       MenuBarHeight() const   { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; }
+    float       MenuBarHeight() const   { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; }
     ImRect      MenuBarRect() const     { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); }
 };
 
@@ -2384,7 +2390,7 @@ struct ImGuiTabItem
     float               RequestedWidth;         // Width optionally requested by caller, -1.0f is unused
     ImS32               NameOffset;             // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames
     ImS16               BeginOrder;             // BeginTabItem() order, used to re-order tabs after toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable
-    ImS16               IndexDuringLayout;      // Index only used during TabBarLayout()
+    ImS16               IndexDuringLayout;      // Index only used during TabBarLayout(). Tabs gets reordered so 'Tabs[n].IndexDuringLayout == n' but may mismatch during additions.
     bool                WantClose;              // Marked as closed by SetTabItemClosed()
 
     ImGuiTabItem()      { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; RequestedWidth = -1.0f; NameOffset = -1; BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; }
@@ -2426,12 +2432,6 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar
     ImGuiTextBuffer     TabsNames;              // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer.
 
     ImGuiTabBar();
-    int                 GetTabOrder(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const  { return Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); }
-    const char*         GetTabName(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const
-    {
-        IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset != -1 && tab->NameOffset < TabsNames.Buf.Size);
-        return TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset;
-    }
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2439,12 +2439,11 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #define IM_COL32_DISABLE                IM_COL32(0,0,0,1)   // Special sentinel code which cannot be used as a regular color.
-#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS         64                  // sizeof(ImU64) * 8. This is solely because we frequently encode columns set in a ImU64.
+#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS         512                 // May be further lifted
-#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS   (4 + 64 * 2)        // See TableSetupDrawChannels()
 
 // Our current column maximum is 64 but we may raise that in the future.
-typedef ImS8 ImGuiTableColumnIdx;
+typedef ImS16 ImGuiTableColumnIdx;
-typedef ImU8 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx;
+typedef ImU16 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx;
 
 // [Internal] sizeof() ~ 104
 // We use the terminology "Enabled" to refer to a column that is not Hidden by user/api.
@@ -2515,14 +2514,15 @@ struct ImGuiTableCellData
     ImGuiTableColumnIdx         Column;     // Column number
 };
 
-// Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs, does that needs they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData ?)
+// Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs. Does that means they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData?)
 struct ImGuiTableInstanceData
 {
+    ImGuiID                     TableInstanceID;
     float                       LastOuterHeight;            // Outer height from last frame
     float                       LastFirstRowHeight;         // Height of first row from last frame (FIXME: this is used as "header height" and may be reworked)
     float                       LastFrozenHeight;           // Height of frozen section from last frame
 
-    ImGuiTableInstanceData()    { LastOuterHeight = LastFirstRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; }
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData()    { TableInstanceID = 0; LastOuterHeight = LastFirstRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; }
 };
 
 // FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs, incoming RowData
@@ -2535,10 +2535,9 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable
     ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumn>    Columns;                    // Point within RawData[]
     ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumnIdx> DisplayOrderToIndex;        // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1)
     ImSpan<ImGuiTableCellData>  RowCellData;                // Point within RawData[]. Store cells background requests for current row.
-    ImU64                       EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder;  // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map
+    ImBitArrayPtr               EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder;  // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map
-    ImU64                       EnabledMaskByIndex;         // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data
+    ImBitArrayPtr               EnabledMaskByIndex;         // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data
-    ImU64                       VisibleMaskByIndex;         // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect)
+    ImBitArrayPtr               VisibleMaskByIndex;         // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect)
-    ImU64                       RequestOutputMaskByIndex;   // Column Index -> IsVisible || AutoFit (== expect user to submit items)
     ImGuiTableFlags             SettingsLoadedFlags;        // Which data were loaded from the .ini file (e.g. when order is not altered we won't save order)
     int                         SettingsOffset;             // Offset in g.SettingsTables
     int                         LastFrameActive;
@@ -2726,6 +2725,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window);
     inline ImRect           WindowRectAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x - off.x, r.Min.y - off.y, r.Max.x - off.x, r.Max.y - off.y); }
     inline ImRect           WindowRectRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x + off.x, r.Min.y + off.y, r.Max.x + off.x, r.Max.y + off.y); }
 
@@ -2769,13 +2769,16 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void                  MarkIniSettingsDirty();
     IMGUI_API void                  MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API void                  ClearIniSettings();
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name);
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id);
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name);
     IMGUI_API void                  AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler);
     IMGUI_API void                  RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name);
 
+    // Settings - Windows
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  FindWindowSettingsByID(ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings*  FindWindowSettingsByWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API void                  ClearWindowSettings(const char* name);
+
     // Localization
     IMGUI_API void          LocalizeRegisterEntries(const ImGuiLocEntry* entries, int count);
     inline const char*      LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const char* msg = g.LocalizationTable[key]; return msg ? msg : "*Missing Text*"; }
@@ -2808,6 +2811,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id);     // Mark data associated to given item as "edited", used by IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
     IMGUI_API void          PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id);     // Push given value as-is at the top of the ID stack (whereas PushID combines old and new hashes)
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetIDWithSeed(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end, ImGuiID seed);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetIDWithSeed(int n, ImGuiID seed);
 
     // Basic Helpers for widget code
     IMGUI_API void          ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f);
@@ -2826,6 +2830,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     // Parameter stacks (shared)
     IMGUI_API void          PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled);
     IMGUI_API void          PopItemFlag();
+    IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx);
 
     // Logging/Capture
     IMGUI_API void          LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth);           // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name.
@@ -2841,7 +2846,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          ClosePopupsExceptModals();
     IMGUI_API bool          IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags);
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags);
-    IMGUI_API void          BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags);
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags);
     IMGUI_API ImRect        GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  GetTopMostPopupModal();
     IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal();
@@ -3003,7 +3008,8 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API bool          TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void          TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table);
-    inline ImGuiTableInstanceData*   TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; }
+    inline ImGuiTableInstanceData*  TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; }
+    inline ImGuiID                  TableGetInstanceID(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no)   { return TableGetInstanceData(table, instance_no)->TableInstanceID; }
     IMGUI_API void          TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void          TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column);
@@ -3015,7 +3021,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API ImRect        TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
     IMGUI_API const char*   TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       TableGetColumnResizeID(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0);
     IMGUI_API float         TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
     IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
     IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table);
@@ -3034,12 +3040,18 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings*   TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id);
 
     // Tab Bars
+    inline    ImGuiTabBar*  GetCurrentTabBar() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTabBar; }
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, int order);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarGetCurrentTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
+    inline int              TabBarGetTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) { return tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); }
+    IMGUI_API const char*   TabBarGetTabName(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
     IMGUI_API void          TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id);
     IMGUI_API void          TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
-    IMGUI_API void          TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
-    IMGUI_API void          TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset);
+    IMGUI_API void          TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos);
     IMGUI_API bool          TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
     IMGUI_API bool          TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* docked_window);
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker);
@@ -3074,8 +3086,9 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0);
     IMGUI_API bool          ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
     IMGUI_API bool          ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool          ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col);
+    IMGUI_API bool          ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
     IMGUI_API void          SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API void          SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_width);
     IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value);
     IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value);
 
@@ -3130,7 +3143,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
 
     // Plot
-    IMGUI_API int           PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size);
+    IMGUI_API int           PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, const ImVec2& size_arg);
 
     // Shade functions (write over already created vertices)
     IMGUI_API void          ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1);
@@ -3182,7 +3195,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     // Refactored focus/nav/tabbing system in 1.82 and 1.84. If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets that used FocusableItemRegister():
     //  (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM  < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)'                              and 'bool tab_focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)'
     //  (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)'  and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0'
-    //  (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18413: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)'     and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedTabbing) != 0 || g.NavActivateInputId == id' (WIP)
+    //  (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18413: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)'     and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedTabbing) != 0 || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))' (WIP)
     // Widget code are simplified as there's no need to call FocusableItemUnregister() while managing the transition from regular widget to TempInputText()
     inline bool     FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)              { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); IM_UNUSED(id); return false; } // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Inputable flag to ItemAdd()
     inline void     FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window)                        { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); }                              // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem
@@ -3222,14 +3235,15 @@ IMGUI_API void      ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
-extern void         ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
+extern void         ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiLastItemData* item_data);           // item_data may be NULL
 extern void         ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags);
 extern void         ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...);
 extern const char*  ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id);
 
-#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID)                 if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _BB, _ID)               // Register item bounding box
+// In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18934: changed IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb,id) to IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id,bb,item_data);
-#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS)      if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS)   // Register item label and status flags (optional)
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_ID,_BB,_ITEM_DATA)      if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _ID, _BB, _ITEM_DATA)    // Register item bounding box
-#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...)                     if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__)          // Custom log entry from user land into test log
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS)      if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS)    // Register item label and status flags (optional)
+#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...)                     if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__)           // Custom log entry from user land into test log
 #else
 #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID)                 ((void)0)
 #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS)      ((void)g)

libs/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.89.2
+// dear imgui, v1.89.4
 // (tables and columns code)
 
 /*
@@ -188,12 +188,12 @@ Index of this file:
 #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
 #endif
 
-#include "imgui.h"
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
-
 #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
 #include "imgui_internal.h"
 
 // System includes
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
         return false;
 
     // Sanity checks
-    IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 0 && columns_count <= IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS && "Only 1..64 columns allowed!");
+    IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 0 && columns_count < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS);
     if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX)
         IM_ASSERT(inner_width >= 0.0f);
 
@@ -332,11 +332,7 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
 
     // Acquire storage for the table
     ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetOrAddByKey(id);
-    const int instance_no = (table->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1;
-    const ImGuiID instance_id = id + instance_no;
     const ImGuiTableFlags table_last_flags = table->Flags;
-    if (instance_no > 0)
-        IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID");
 
     // Acquire temporary buffers
     const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table);
@@ -352,17 +348,32 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
     flags = TableFixFlags(flags, outer_window);
 
     // Initialize
+    const int instance_no = (table->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1;
     table->ID = id;
     table->Flags = flags;
-    table->InstanceCurrent = (ImS16)instance_no;
     table->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount;
     table->OuterWindow = table->InnerWindow = outer_window;
     table->ColumnsCount = columns_count;
     table->IsLayoutLocked = false;
     table->InnerWidth = inner_width;
     temp_data->UserOuterSize = outer_size;
-    if (instance_no > 0 && table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no)
+
-        table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData());
+    // Instance data (for instance 0, TableID == TableInstanceID)
+    ImGuiID instance_id;
+    table->InstanceCurrent = (ImS16)instance_no;
+    if (instance_no > 0)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID");
+        if (table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no)
+            table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData());
+        instance_id = GetIDWithSeed(instance_no, GetIDWithSeed("##Instances", NULL, id)); // Push "##Instance" followed by (int)instance_no in ID stack.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        instance_id = id;
+    }
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    table_instance->TableInstanceID = instance_id;
 
     // When not using a child window, WorkRect.Max will grow as we append contents.
     if (use_child_window)
@@ -412,7 +423,9 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
     }
 
     // Push a standardized ID for both child-using and not-child-using tables
-    PushOverrideID(instance_id);
+    PushOverrideID(id);
+    if (instance_no > 0)
+        PushOverrideID(instance_id); // FIXME: Somehow this is not resolved by stack-tool, even tho GetIDWithSeed() submitted the symbol.
 
     // Backup a copy of host window members we will modify
     ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow;
@@ -581,16 +594,22 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
 void ImGui::TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count)
 {
     // Allocate single buffer for our arrays
-    ImSpanAllocator<3> span_allocator;
+    const int columns_bit_array_size = (int)ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(columns_count);
+    ImSpanAllocator<6> span_allocator;
     span_allocator.Reserve(0, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumn));
     span_allocator.Reserve(1, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnIdx));
     span_allocator.Reserve(2, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableCellData), 4);
+    for (int n = 3; n < 6; n++)
+        span_allocator.Reserve(n, columns_bit_array_size);
     table->RawData = IM_ALLOC(span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes());
     memset(table->RawData, 0, span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes());
     span_allocator.SetArenaBasePtr(table->RawData);
     span_allocator.GetSpan(0, &table->Columns);
     span_allocator.GetSpan(1, &table->DisplayOrderToIndex);
     span_allocator.GetSpan(2, &table->RowCellData);
+    table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(3);
+    table->EnabledMaskByIndex = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(4);
+    table->VisibleMaskByIndex = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(5);
 }
 
 // Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests
@@ -729,8 +748,8 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
     const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_);
     table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = true;
     table->ColumnsEnabledCount = 0;
-    table->EnabledMaskByIndex = 0x00;
+    ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, table->ColumnsCount);
-    table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = 0x00;
+    ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, table->ColumnsCount);
     table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = -1;
     table->MinColumnWidth = ImMax(1.0f, g.Style.FramePadding.x * 1.0f); // g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing; // FIXME-TABLE
 
@@ -795,8 +814,8 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
         else
             table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
         column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = table->ColumnsEnabledCount++;
-        table->EnabledMaskByIndex |= (ImU64)1 << column_n;
+        ImBitArraySetBit(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n);
-        table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder;
+        ImBitArraySetBit(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, column->DisplayOrder);
         prev_visible_column_idx = column_n;
         IM_ASSERT(column->IndexWithinEnabledSet <= column->DisplayOrder);
 
@@ -844,7 +863,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
     table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = table->RightMostStretchedColumn = -1;
     for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
     {
-        if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)))
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n))
             continue;
         ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
 
@@ -860,7 +879,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
             // Latch initial size for fixed columns and update it constantly for auto-resizing column (unless clipped!)
             if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00)
                 column->WidthRequest = width_auto;
-            else if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !column_is_resizable && (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)))
+            else if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !column_is_resizable && column->IsRequestOutput)
                 column->WidthRequest = width_auto;
 
             // FIXME-TABLE: Increase minimum size during init frame to avoid biasing auto-fitting widgets
@@ -908,7 +927,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
     table->ColumnsGivenWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount;
     for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
     {
-        if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)))
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n))
             continue;
         ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
 
@@ -935,7 +954,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
     if (width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths))
         for (int order_n = table->ColumnsCount - 1; stretch_sum_weights > 0.0f && width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && order_n >= 0; order_n--)
         {
-            if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n)))
+            if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n))
                 continue;
             ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]];
             if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch))
@@ -966,8 +985,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
     float offset_x = ((table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) ? table->OuterRect.Min.x : work_rect.Min.x) + table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX1;
     ImRect host_clip_rect = table->InnerClipRect;
     //host_clip_rect.Max.x += table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX2;
-    table->VisibleMaskByIndex = 0x00;
+    ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, table->ColumnsCount);
-    table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex = 0x00;
     for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
     {
         const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
@@ -984,7 +1002,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
         // Clear status flags
         column->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_;
 
-        if ((table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n)) == 0)
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n))
         {
             // Hidden column: clear a few fields and we are done with it for the remainder of the function.
             // We set a zero-width clip rect but set Min.y/Max.y properly to not interfere with the clipper.
@@ -1037,12 +1055,10 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
         column->IsVisibleY = true; // (column->ClipRect.Max.y > column->ClipRect.Min.y);
         const bool is_visible = column->IsVisibleX; //&& column->IsVisibleY;
         if (is_visible)
-            table->VisibleMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n);
+            ImBitArraySetBit(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n);
 
         // Mark column as requesting output from user. Note that fixed + non-resizable sets are auto-fitting at all times and therefore always request output.
         column->IsRequestOutput = is_visible || column->AutoFitQueue != 0 || column->CannotSkipItemsQueue != 0;
-        if (column->IsRequestOutput)
-            table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n);
 
         // Mark column as SkipItems (ignoring all items/layout)
         column->IsSkipItems = !column->IsEnabled || table->HostSkipItems;
@@ -1128,12 +1144,12 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
         EndPopup();
     }
 
-    // [Part 13] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a change to use them for display.
+    // [Part 12] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a change to use them for display.
     // This path will only be exercised when sort specs are modified before header rows (e.g. init or visibility change)
     if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable))
         TableSortSpecsBuild(table);
 
-    // [Part 14] Setup inner window decoration size (for scrolling / nav tracking to properly take account of frozen rows/columns)
+    // [Part 13] Setup inner window decoration size (for scrolling / nav tracking to properly take account of frozen rows/columns)
     if (table->FreezeColumnsRequest > 0)
         table->InnerWindow->DecoInnerSizeX1 = table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->FreezeColumnsRequest - 1]].MaxX - table->OuterRect.Min.x;
     if (table->FreezeRowsRequest > 0)
@@ -1169,7 +1185,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
 
     for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
     {
-        if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n)))
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n))
             continue;
 
         const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
@@ -1305,7 +1321,7 @@ void    ImGui::EndTable()
     float auto_fit_width_for_stretched = 0.0f;
     float auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = 0.0f;
     for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
-        if (table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))
+        if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n))
         {
             ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
             float column_width_request = ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) ? column->WidthRequest : TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column);
@@ -1345,8 +1361,10 @@ void    ImGui::EndTable()
     }
 
     // Pop from id stack
-    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table->ID + table->InstanceCurrent, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!");
+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table_instance->TableInstanceID, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!");
     IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size >= temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize, "Too many PopItemWidth!");
+    if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0)
+        PopID();
     PopID();
 
     // Restore window data that we modified
@@ -1616,11 +1634,11 @@ ImRect ImGui::TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
 }
 
 // Return the resizing ID for the right-side of the given column.
-ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no)
+ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount);
-    ImGuiID id = table->ID + 1 + (instance_no * table->ColumnsCount) + column_n;
+    ImGuiID instance_id = TableGetInstanceID(table, instance_no);
-    return id;
+    return instance_id + 1 + column_n; // FIXME: #6140: still not ideal
 }
 
 // Return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered.
@@ -1651,7 +1669,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n
             return;
         if (column_n == -1)
             column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
-        if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0)
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n))
             return;
         if (table->RowCellDataCurrent < 0 || table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent].Column != column_n)
             table->RowCellDataCurrent++;
@@ -1926,7 +1944,7 @@ bool ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n)
 
     // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value,
     // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height.
-    return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0;
+    return table->Columns[column_n].IsRequestOutput;
 }
 
 // [Public] Append into the next column, wrap and create a new row when already on last column
@@ -1951,8 +1969,7 @@ bool ImGui::TableNextColumn()
 
     // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value,
     // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height.
-    int column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
+    return table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].IsRequestOutput;
-    return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0;
 }
 
 
@@ -1982,10 +1999,6 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
     window->WorkRect.Max.x = column->WorkMaxX;
     window->DC.ItemWidth = column->ItemWidth;
 
-    // To allow ImGuiListClipper to function we propagate our row height
-    if (!column->IsEnabled)
-        window->DC.CursorPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y, table->RowPosY2);
-
     window->SkipItems = column->IsSkipItems;
     if (column->IsSkipItems)
     {
@@ -2032,7 +2045,8 @@ void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table)
     else
         p_max_pos_x = table->IsUnfrozenRows ? &column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen : &column->ContentMaxXFrozen;
     *p_max_pos_x = ImMax(*p_max_pos_x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x);
-    table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->CellPaddingY);
+    if (column->IsEnabled)
+        table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->CellPaddingY);
     column->ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidth;
 
     // Propagate text baseline for the entire row
@@ -2292,7 +2306,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
     const int freeze_row_multiplier = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 : 1;
     const int channels_for_row = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) ? 1 : table->ColumnsEnabledCount;
     const int channels_for_bg = 1 + 1 * freeze_row_multiplier;
-    const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || table->VisibleMaskByIndex != table->EnabledMaskByIndex) ? +1 : 0;
+    const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || (memcmp(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, table->EnabledMaskByIndex, ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(table->ColumnsCount)) != 0)) ? +1 : 0;
     const int channels_total = channels_for_bg + (channels_for_row * freeze_row_multiplier) + channels_for_dummy;
     table->DrawSplitter->Split(table->InnerWindow->DrawList, channels_total);
     table->DummyDrawChannel = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((channels_for_dummy > 0) ? channels_total - 1 : -1);
@@ -2366,19 +2380,26 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
     // Track which groups we are going to attempt to merge, and which channels goes into each group.
     struct MergeGroup
     {
-        ImRect  ClipRect;
+        ImRect          ClipRect;
-        int     ChannelsCount;
+        int             ChannelsCount;
-        ImBitArray<IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS> ChannelsMask;
+        ImBitArrayPtr   ChannelsMask;
-
-        MergeGroup() { ChannelsCount = 0; }
     };
     int merge_group_mask = 0x00;
-    MergeGroup merge_groups[4];
+    MergeGroup merge_groups[4] = {};
+
+    // Use a reusable temp buffer for the merge masks as they are dynamically sized.
+    const int max_draw_channels = (4 + table->ColumnsCount * 2);
+    const int size_for_masks_bitarrays_one = (int)ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(max_draw_channels);
+    g.TempBuffer.reserve(size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 5);
+    memset(g.TempBuffer.Data, 0, size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 5);
+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); n++)
+        merge_groups[n].ChannelsMask = (ImBitArrayPtr)(void*)(g.TempBuffer.Data + (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * n));
+    ImBitArrayPtr remaining_mask = (ImBitArrayPtr)(void*)(g.TempBuffer.Data + (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 4));
 
     // 1. Scan channels and take note of those which can be merged
     for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
     {
-        if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0)
+        if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n))
             continue;
         ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
 
@@ -2410,11 +2431,11 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
             }
 
             const int merge_group_n = (has_freeze_h && column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount ? 0 : 1) + (has_freeze_v && merge_group_sub_n == 0 ? 0 : 2);
-            IM_ASSERT(channel_no < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS);
+            IM_ASSERT(channel_no < max_draw_channels);
             MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n];
             if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0)
                 merge_group->ClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
-            merge_group->ChannelsMask.SetBit(channel_no);
+            ImBitArraySetBit(merge_group->ChannelsMask, channel_no);
             merge_group->ChannelsCount++;
             merge_group->ClipRect.Add(src_channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect);
             merge_group_mask |= (1 << merge_group_n);
@@ -2450,9 +2471,8 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
         const int LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS = 2;
         g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.resize(splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); // Use shared temporary storage so the allocation gets amortized
         ImDrawChannel* dst_tmp = g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data;
-        ImBitArray<IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS> remaining_mask;                       // We need 132-bit of storage
+        ImBitArraySetBitRange(remaining_mask, LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count);
-        remaining_mask.SetBitRange(LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count);
+        ImBitArrayClearBit(remaining_mask, table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen);
-        remaining_mask.ClearBit(table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen);
         IM_ASSERT(has_freeze_v == false || table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen != TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN);
         int remaining_count = splitter->_Count - (has_freeze_v ? LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS + 1 : LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS);
         //ImRect host_rect = (table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) ? table->InnerClipRect : table->HostClipRect;
@@ -2485,14 +2505,14 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
                 GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200));
 #endif
                 remaining_count -= merge_group->ChannelsCount;
-                for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(remaining_mask.Storage); n++)
+                for (int n = 0; n < (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one >> 2); n++)
-                    remaining_mask.Storage[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask.Storage[n];
+                    remaining_mask[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask[n];
                 for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && merge_channels_count != 0; n++)
                 {
                     // Copy + overwrite new clip rect
-                    if (!merge_group->ChannelsMask.TestBit(n))
+                    if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(merge_group->ChannelsMask, n))
                         continue;
-                    merge_group->ChannelsMask.ClearBit(n);
+                    IM_BITARRAY_CLEARBIT(merge_group->ChannelsMask, n);
                     merge_channels_count--;
 
                     ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n];
@@ -2510,7 +2530,7 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
         // Append unmergeable channels that we didn't reorder at the end of the list
         for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && remaining_count != 0; n++)
         {
-            if (!remaining_mask.TestBit(n))
+            if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(remaining_mask, n))
                 continue;
             ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n];
             memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
@@ -2542,7 +2562,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
     {
         for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
         {
-            if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n)))
+            if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n))
                 continue;
 
             const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
@@ -2870,10 +2890,9 @@ void ImGui::TableHeadersRow()
             continue;
 
         // Push an id to allow unnamed labels (generally accidental, but let's behave nicely with them)
-        // - in your own code you may omit the PushID/PopID all-together, provided you know they won't collide
+        // In your own code you may omit the PushID/PopID all-together, provided you know they won't collide.
-        // - table->InstanceCurrent is only >0 when we use multiple BeginTable/EndTable calls with same identifier.
         const char* name = (TableGetColumnFlags(column_n) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) ? "" : TableGetColumnName(column_n);
-        PushID(table->InstanceCurrent * table->ColumnsCount + column_n);
+        PushID(column_n);
         TableHeader(name);
         PopID();
     }

libs/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.89.2
+// dear imgui, v1.89.4
 // (widgets code)
 
 /*
@@ -32,12 +32,12 @@ Index of this file:
 #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
 #endif
 
-#include "imgui.h"
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
-
 #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
 #include "imgui_internal.h"
 
 // System includes
@@ -274,7 +274,6 @@ void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
     if (window->SkipItems)
         return;
 
-    // FIXME-OPT: Handle the %s shortcut?
     const char* text, *text_end;
     ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text, &text_end, fmt, args);
     TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText);
@@ -291,10 +290,7 @@ void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...)
 void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args)
 {
     PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col);
-    if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0)
+    TextV(fmt, args);
-        TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting
-    else
-        TextV(fmt, args);
     PopStyleColor();
 }
 
@@ -310,10 +306,7 @@ void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
-    if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0)
+    TextV(fmt, args);
-        TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting
-    else
-        TextV(fmt, args);
     PopStyleColor();
 }
 
@@ -328,13 +321,10 @@ void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...)
 void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    bool need_backup = (g.CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f);  // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set
+    const bool need_backup = (g.CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f);  // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set
     if (need_backup)
         PushTextWrapPos(0.0f);
-    if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0)
+    TextV(fmt, args);
-        TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting
-    else
-        TextV(fmt, args);
     if (need_backup)
         PopTextWrapPos();
 }
@@ -508,8 +498,9 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
         g.HoveredWindow = window;
 
 #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
+    // Alternate registration spot, for when caller didn't use ItemAdd()
     if (id != 0 && g.LastItemData.ID != id)
-        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb, id);
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id, bb, NULL);
 #endif
 
     bool pressed = false;
@@ -619,10 +610,11 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
         bool nav_activated_by_inputs = (g.NavActivatePressedId == id);
         if (!nav_activated_by_inputs && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat))
         {
-            // Avoid pressing both keys from triggering double amount of repeat events
+            // Avoid pressing multiple keys from triggering excessive amount of repeat events
             const ImGuiKeyData* key1 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Space);
-            const ImGuiKeyData* key2 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate);
+            const ImGuiKeyData* key2 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Enter);
-            const float t1 = ImMax(key1->DownDuration, key2->DownDuration);
+            const ImGuiKeyData* key3 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate);
+            const float t1 = ImMax(ImMax(key1->DownDuration, key2->DownDuration), key3->DownDuration);
             nav_activated_by_inputs = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t1 - g.IO.DeltaTime, t1, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0;
         }
         if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs)
@@ -1042,7 +1034,7 @@ void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2&
 
 // ImageButton() is flawed as 'id' is always derived from 'texture_id' (see #2464 #1390)
 // We provide this internal helper to write your own variant while we figure out how to redesign the public ImageButton() API.
-bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col)
+bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
@@ -1056,7 +1048,7 @@ bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size
         return false;
 
     bool hovered, held;
-    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+    bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
 
     // Render
     const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
@@ -1394,6 +1386,7 @@ void ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding()
 }
 
 // Horizontal/vertical separating line
+// FIXME: Surprisingly, this seemingly simple widget is adjacent to MANY different legacy/tricky layout issues.
 void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
@@ -1403,20 +1396,19 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical)));   // Check that only 1 option is selected
 
-    float thickness_draw = 1.0f;
+    const float thickness = 1.0f; // Cannot use g.Style.SeparatorTextSize yet for various reasons.
-    float thickness_layout = 0.0f;
     if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical)
     {
-        // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). Not exposed because it is misleading and it doesn't have an effect on regular layout.
+        // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height).
         float y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
         float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineSize.y;
-        const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + thickness_draw, y2));
+        const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + thickness, y2));
-        ItemSize(ImVec2(thickness_layout, 0.0f));
+        ItemSize(ImVec2(thickness, 0.0f));
         if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
             return;
 
         // Draw
-        window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y), ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator));
+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator));
         if (g.LogEnabled)
             LogText(" |");
     }
@@ -1444,13 +1436,14 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags)
 
         // We don't provide our width to the layout so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit
         // FIXME: This prevents ->CursorMaxPos based bounding box evaluation from working (e.g. TableEndCell)
-        const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness_draw));
+        const float thickness_for_layout = (thickness == 1.0f) ? 0.0f : thickness; // FIXME: See 1.70/1.71 Separator() change: makes legacy 1-px separator not affect layout yet. Should change.
-        ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_layout));
+        const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness));
+        ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_for_layout));
         const bool item_visible = ItemAdd(bb, 0);
         if (item_visible)
         {
             // Draw
-            window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator));
+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator));
             if (g.LogEnabled)
                 LogRenderedText(&bb.Min, "--------------------------------\n");
 
@@ -1476,6 +1469,71 @@ void ImGui::Separator()
     SeparatorEx(flags);
 }
 
+void ImGui::SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_w)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+    const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
+    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+    const ImVec2 padding = style.SeparatorTextPadding;
+
+    const float separator_thickness = style.SeparatorTextBorderSize;
+    const ImVec2 min_size(label_size.x + extra_w + padding.x * 2.0f, ImMax(label_size.y + padding.y * 2.0f, separator_thickness));
+    const ImRect bb(pos, ImVec2(window->WorkRect.Max.x, pos.y + min_size.y));
+    const float text_baseline_y = ImFloor((bb.GetHeight() - label_size.y) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.y + 0.99999f); //ImMax(padding.y, ImFloor((style.SeparatorTextSize - label_size.y) * 0.5f));
+    ItemSize(min_size, text_baseline_y);
+    if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+        return;
+
+    const float sep1_x1 = pos.x;
+    const float sep2_x2 = bb.Max.x;
+    const float seps_y = ImFloor((bb.Min.y + bb.Max.y) * 0.5f + 0.99999f);
+
+    const float label_avail_w = ImMax(0.0f, sep2_x2 - sep1_x1 - padding.x * 2.0f);
+    const ImVec2 label_pos(pos.x + padding.x + ImMax(0.0f, (label_avail_w - label_size.x - extra_w) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.x), pos.y + text_baseline_y); // FIXME-ALIGN
+
+    // This allows using SameLine() to position something in the 'extra_w'
+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = label_pos.x + label_size.x;
+
+    const ImU32 separator_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator);
+    if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+    {
+        const float sep1_x2 = label_pos.x - style.ItemSpacing.x;
+        const float sep2_x1 = label_pos.x + label_size.x + extra_w + style.ItemSpacing.x;
+        if (sep1_x2 > sep1_x1 && separator_thickness > 0.0f)
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep1_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep1_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness);
+        if (sep2_x2 > sep2_x1 && separator_thickness > 0.0f)
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep2_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep2_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness);
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogSetNextTextDecoration("---", NULL);
+        RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Max.y + style.ItemSpacing.y), bb.Max.x, bb.Max.x, label, label_end, &label_size);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (g.LogEnabled)
+            LogText("---");
+        if (separator_thickness > 0.0f)
+            window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep1_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep2_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImGui::SeparatorText(const char* label)
+{
+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+    if (window->SkipItems)
+        return;
+
+    // The SeparatorText() vs SeparatorTextEx() distinction is designed to be considerate that we may want:
+    // - allow headers to be draggable items (would require a stable ID + a noticeable highlight)
+    // - this high-level entry point to allow formatting? (may require ID separate from formatted string)
+    // - because of this we probably can't turn 'const char* label' into 'const char* fmt, ...'
+    // Otherwise, we can decide that users wanting to drag this would layout a dedicated drag-item,
+    // and then we can turn this into a format function.
+    SeparatorTextEx(0, label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label), 0.0f);
+}
+
 // Using 'hover_visibility_delay' allows us to hide the highlight and mouse cursor for a short time, which can be convenient to reduce visual noise.
 bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend, float hover_visibility_delay, ImU32 bg_col)
 {
@@ -1705,7 +1763,12 @@ bool ImGui::BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags
         if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular)     popup_max_height_in_items = 8;
         else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall)  popup_max_height_in_items = 4;
         else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge)  popup_max_height_in_items = 20;
-        SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(w, 0.0f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items)));
+        ImVec2 constraint_min(0.0f, 0.0f), constraint_max(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+        if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0 || g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x <= 0.0f) // Don't apply constraints if user specified a size
+            constraint_min.x = w;
+        if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0 || g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y <= 0.0f)
+            constraint_max.y = CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items);
+        SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(constraint_min, constraint_max);
     }
 
     // This is essentially a specialized version of BeginPopupEx()
@@ -2349,18 +2412,18 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data,
         const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0;
         const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id);
         const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id));
-        const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id);
+        const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id);
         if (make_active && (clicked || double_clicked))
             SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id);
         if (make_active && temp_input_allowed)
-            if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || g.NavActivateInputId == id)
+            if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput)))
                 temp_input_is_active = true;
 
         // (Optional) simple click (without moving) turns Drag into an InputText
         if (g.IO.ConfigDragClickToInputText && temp_input_allowed && !temp_input_is_active)
             if (g.ActiveId == id && hovered && g.IO.MouseReleased[0] && !IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR))
             {
-                g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateInputId = id;
+                g.NavActivateId = id;
                 g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput;
                 temp_input_is_active = true;
             }
@@ -2401,7 +2464,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data,
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
         RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
 
-    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable : 0));
     return value_changed;
 }
 
@@ -2941,11 +3004,11 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat
         // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box
         const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0;
         const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id);
-        const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id);
+        const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id);
         if (make_active && clicked)
             SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id);
         if (make_active && temp_input_allowed)
-            if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || g.NavActivateInputId == id)
+            if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput)))
                 temp_input_is_active = true;
 
         if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active)
@@ -2989,7 +3052,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat
     if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
         RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
 
-    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable : 0));
     return value_changed;
 }
 
@@ -3103,7 +3166,7 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d
 
     const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
     const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id);
-    if (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id)
+    if (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id)
     {
         if (clicked)
             SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id);
@@ -3396,7 +3459,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data
         SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2));
         if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view
             value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format);
-        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable);
 
         // Step buttons
         const ImVec2 backup_frame_padding = style.FramePadding;
@@ -3780,7 +3843,7 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, cons
             return;
 
         // Contrary to STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS() this is working in the UTF8 buffer, hence the mildly similar code (until we remove the U16 buffer altogether!)
-        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
         ImGuiInputTextState* edit_state = &g.InputTextState;
         IM_ASSERT(edit_state->ID != 0 && g.ActiveId == edit_state->ID);
         IM_ASSERT(Buf == edit_state->TextA.Data);
@@ -3884,8 +3947,9 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f
     // Custom callback filter
     if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter)
     {
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
         ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data;
-        memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData));
+        callback_data.Ctx = &g;
         callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter;
         callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c;
         callback_data.Flags = flags;
@@ -4030,7 +4094,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
     ImGuiInputTextState* state = GetInputTextState(id);
 
     const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = (item_status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0;
-    const bool input_requested_by_nav = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavActivateInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard));
+    const bool input_requested_by_nav = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavActivateId == id) && ((g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput) || (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)));
 
     const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0];
     const bool user_scroll_finish = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y);
@@ -4096,6 +4160,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
             state->Stb.insert_mode = 1; // stb field name is indeed incorrect (see #2863)
     }
 
+    const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;
     if (g.ActiveId != id && init_make_active)
     {
         IM_ASSERT(state && state->ID == id);
@@ -4118,8 +4183,10 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
             SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageUp, id);
             SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageDown, id);
         }
+        if (is_osx)
+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, id);
         if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) // Disable keyboard tabbing out as we will use the \t character.
-            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Tab, id);
+            SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKey_Tab, id);
     }
 
     // We have an edge case if ActiveId was set through another widget (e.g. widget being swapped), clear id immediately (don't wait until the end of the function)
@@ -4187,7 +4254,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
         const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + state->ScrollX;
         const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y) : (g.FontSize * 0.5f));
 
-        const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;
         if (select_all)
         {
             state->SelectAll();
@@ -4250,8 +4316,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
 
         // We expect backends to emit a Tab key but some also emit a Tab character which we ignore (#2467, #1336)
         // (For Tab and Enter: Win32/SFML/Allegro are sending both keys and chars, GLFW and SDL are only sending keys. For Space they all send all threes)
-        const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper);
+        if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, id) && !is_readonly)
-        if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !ignore_char_inputs && !io.KeyShift && !is_readonly)
         {
             unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB
             if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard))
@@ -4260,6 +4325,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
 
         // Process regular text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?)
         // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters.
+        const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper);
         if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0)
         {
             if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !input_requested_by_nav)
@@ -4288,7 +4354,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
         state->Stb.row_count_per_page = row_count_per_page;
 
         const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0);
-        const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;
         const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl;                     // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl
         const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt;  // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End
 
@@ -4317,7 +4382,16 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
         else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && is_multiline)    { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | k_mask); scroll_y += row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; }
         else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home))                        { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); }
         else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End))                         { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); }
-        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly && !is_cut) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); }
+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly && !is_cut)
+        {
+            if (!state->HasSelection())
+            {
+                // OSX doesn't seem to have Super+Delete to delete until end-of-line, so we don't emulate that (as opposed to Super+Backspace)
+                if (is_wordmove_key_down)
+                    state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+            }
+            state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask);
+        }
         else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && !is_readonly)
         {
             if (!state->HasSelection())
@@ -4407,12 +4481,10 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
                 const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard);
                 ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)IM_ALLOC((clipboard_len + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar));
                 int clipboard_filtered_len = 0;
-                for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; )
+                for (const char* s = clipboard; *s != 0; )
                 {
                     unsigned int c;
                     s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL);
-                    if (c == 0)
-                        break;
                     if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard))
                         continue;
                     clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c;
@@ -4490,7 +4562,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
                 // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment.
                 ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0;
                 ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_None;
-                if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab))
+                if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, id))
                 {
                     event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion;
                     event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab;
@@ -4517,7 +4589,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
                 if (event_flag)
                 {
                     ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data;
-                    memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData));
+                    callback_data.Ctx = &g;
                     callback_data.EventFlag = event_flag;
                     callback_data.Flags = flags;
                     callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data;
@@ -4580,6 +4652,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
         if (is_resizable)
         {
             ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data;
+            callback_data.Ctx = &g;
             callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize;
             callback_data.Flags = flags;
             callback_data.Buf = buf;
@@ -4846,7 +4919,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
     if (value_changed && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited))
         MarkItemEdited(id);
 
-    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
+    IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable);
     if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0)
         return validated;
     else
@@ -4861,7 +4934,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state)
     ImStb::StbUndoState* undo_state = &stb_state->undostate;
     Text("ID: 0x%08X, ActiveID: 0x%08X", state->ID, g.ActiveId);
     DebugLocateItemOnHover(state->ID);
-    Text("CurLenW: %d, CurLenA: %d, Cursor: %d, Selection: %d..%d", state->CurLenA, state->CurLenW, stb_state->cursor, stb_state->select_start, stb_state->select_end);
+    Text("CurLenW: %d, CurLenA: %d, Cursor: %d, Selection: %d..%d", state->CurLenW, state->CurLenA, stb_state->cursor, stb_state->select_start, stb_state->select_end);
     Text("has_preferred_x: %d (%.2f)", stb_state->has_preferred_x, stb_state->preferred_x);
     Text("undo_point: %d, redo_point: %d, undo_char_point: %d, redo_char_point: %d", undo_state->undo_point, undo_state->redo_point, undo_state->undo_char_point, undo_state->redo_char_point);
     if (BeginChild("undopoints", ImVec2(0.0f, GetTextLineHeight() * 15), true)) // Visualize undo state
@@ -4909,28 +4982,32 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
     return ColorEdit4(label, col, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
 }
 
+static void ColorEditRestoreH(const float* col, float* H)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ColorEditCurrentID != 0);
+    if (g.ColorEditSavedID != g.ColorEditCurrentID || g.ColorEditSavedColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)))
+        return;
+    *H = g.ColorEditSavedHue;
+}
+
 // ColorEdit supports RGB and HSV inputs. In case of RGB input resulting color may have undefined hue and/or saturation.
 // Since widget displays both RGB and HSV values we must preserve hue and saturation to prevent these values resetting.
 static void ColorEditRestoreHS(const float* col, float* H, float* S, float* V)
 {
-    // This check is optional. Suppose we have two color widgets side by side, both widgets display different colors, but both colors have hue and/or saturation undefined.
-    // With color check: hue/saturation is preserved in one widget. Editing color in one widget would reset hue/saturation in another one.
-    // Without color check: common hue/saturation would be displayed in all widgets that have hue/saturation undefined.
-    // g.ColorEditLastColor is stored as ImU32 RGB value: this essentially gives us color equality check with reduced precision.
-    // Tiny external color changes would not be detected and this check would still pass. This is OK, since we only restore hue/saturation _only_ if they are undefined,
-    // therefore this change flipping hue/saturation from undefined to a very tiny value would still be represented in color picker.
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.ColorEditLastColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)))
+    IM_ASSERT(g.ColorEditCurrentID != 0);
+    if (g.ColorEditSavedID != g.ColorEditCurrentID || g.ColorEditSavedColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)))
         return;
 
     // When S == 0, H is undefined.
     // When H == 1 it wraps around to 0.
-    if (*S == 0.0f || (*H == 0.0f && g.ColorEditLastHue == 1))
+    if (*S == 0.0f || (*H == 0.0f && g.ColorEditSavedHue == 1))
-        *H = g.ColorEditLastHue;
+        *H = g.ColorEditSavedHue;
 
     // When V == 0, S is undefined.
     if (*V == 0.0f)
-        *S = g.ColorEditLastSat;
+        *S = g.ColorEditSavedSat;
 }
 
 // Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range).
@@ -4953,6 +5030,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
 
     BeginGroup();
     PushID(label);
+    const bool set_current_color_edit_id = (g.ColorEditCurrentID == 0);
+    if (set_current_color_edit_id)
+        g.ColorEditCurrentID = window->IDStack.back();
 
     // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions
     const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags;
@@ -4986,7 +5066,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
         ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
     else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV))
     {
-        // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it.
+        // Hue is lost when converting from grayscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it.
         ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
         ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &f[0], &f[1], &f[2]);
     }
@@ -5125,10 +5205,11 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
                 f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f;
         if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB))
         {
-            g.ColorEditLastHue = f[0];
+            g.ColorEditSavedHue = f[0];
-            g.ColorEditLastSat = f[1];
+            g.ColorEditSavedSat = f[1];
             ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
-            g.ColorEditLastColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(f[0], f[1], f[2], 0));
+            g.ColorEditSavedID = g.ColorEditCurrentID;
+            g.ColorEditSavedColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(f[0], f[1], f[2], 0));
         }
         if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV))
             ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
@@ -5140,6 +5221,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag
             col[3] = f[3];
     }
 
+    if (set_current_color_edit_id)
+        g.ColorEditCurrentID = 0;
     PopID();
     EndGroup();
 
@@ -5213,6 +5296,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
     g.NextItemData.ClearFlags();
 
     PushID(label);
+    const bool set_current_color_edit_id = (g.ColorEditCurrentID == 0);
+    if (set_current_color_edit_id)
+        g.ColorEditCurrentID = window->IDStack.back();
     BeginGroup();
 
     if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
@@ -5261,7 +5347,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
     float R = col[0], G = col[1], B = col[2];
     if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)
     {
-        // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it.
+        // Hue is lost when converting from grayscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it.
         ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V);
         ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &H, &S, &V);
     }
@@ -5316,10 +5402,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
         {
             S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size - 1));
             V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1));
-
+            ColorEditRestoreH(col, &H); // Greatly reduces hue jitter and reset to 0 when hue == 255 and color is rapidly modified using SV square.
-            // Greatly reduces hue jitter and reset to 0 when hue == 255 and color is rapidly modified using SV square.
-            if (g.ColorEditLastColor == ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)))
-                H = g.ColorEditLastHue;
             value_changed = value_changed_sv = true;
         }
         if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
@@ -5394,9 +5477,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
         if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)
         {
             ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
-            g.ColorEditLastHue = H;
+            g.ColorEditSavedHue = H;
-            g.ColorEditLastSat = S;
+            g.ColorEditSavedSat = S;
-            g.ColorEditLastColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0));
+            g.ColorEditSavedID = g.ColorEditCurrentID;
+            g.ColorEditSavedColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0));
         }
         else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)
         {
@@ -5560,6 +5644,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl
     if (value_changed && g.LastItemData.ID != 0) // In case of ID collision, the second EndGroup() won't catch g.ActiveId
         MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
 
+    if (set_current_color_edit_id)
+        g.ColorEditCurrentID = 0;
     PopID();
 
     return value_changed;
@@ -5673,7 +5759,8 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
 
-    BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);
+    if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None))
+        return;
     const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text;
     if (text_end > text)
     {
@@ -6548,7 +6635,7 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v
 // - others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size)
+int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, const ImVec2& size_arg)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
@@ -6559,10 +6646,7 @@ int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_get
     const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
 
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
-    if (frame_size.x == 0.0f)
+    const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
-        frame_size.x = CalcItemWidth();
-    if (frame_size.y == 0.0f)
-        frame_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2);
 
     const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
     const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
@@ -7027,7 +7111,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled)
         PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y));
         float w = label_size.x;
         ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
-        pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
+        pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, label_size.y));
         RenderText(text_pos, label);
         PopStyleVar();
         window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
@@ -7043,7 +7127,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled)
         float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, 0.0f, checkmark_w); // Feedback to next frame
         float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w);
         ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
-        pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f));
+        pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, label_size.y));
         RenderText(text_pos, label);
         if (icon_w > 0.0f)
             RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon);
@@ -7235,7 +7319,7 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut
         float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f);
         float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, shortcut_w, checkmark_w); // Feedback for next frame
         float stretch_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w);
-        pressed = Selectable("", false, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f));
+        pressed = Selectable("", false, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, label_size.y));
         if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible)
         {
             RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetLabel, 0.0f), label);
@@ -7287,11 +7371,17 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected,
 // - TabBarCalcTabID() [Internal]
 // - TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth() [Internal]
 // - TabBarFindTabById() [Internal]
+// - TabBarFindTabByOrder() [Internal]
+// - TabBarGetCurrentTab() [Internal]
+// - TabBarGetTabName() [Internal]
 // - TabBarRemoveTab() [Internal]
 // - TabBarCloseTab() [Internal]
 // - TabBarScrollClamp() [Internal]
 // - TabBarScrollToTab() [Internal]
-// - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder() [Internal]
+// - TabBarQueueFocus() [Internal]
+// - TabBarQueueReorder() [Internal]
+// - TabBarProcessReorderFromMousePos() [Internal]
+// - TabBarProcessReorder() [Internal]
 // - TabBarScrollingButtons() [Internal]
 // - TabBarTabListPopupButton() [Internal]
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -7416,6 +7506,7 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG
     tab_bar->ItemSpacingY = g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
     tab_bar->FramePadding = g.Style.FramePadding;
     tab_bar->TabsActiveCount = 0;
+    tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = -1;
     tab_bar->BeginCount = 1;
 
     // Set cursor pos in a way which only be used in the off-chance the user erroneously submits item before BeginTabItem(): items will overlap
@@ -7464,6 +7555,7 @@ void    ImGui::EndTabBar()
     if (tab_bar->BeginCount > 1)
         window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BackupCursorPos;
 
+    tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = -1;
     if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0)
         PopID();
 
@@ -7573,7 +7665,7 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
         // Refresh tab width immediately, otherwise changes of style e.g. style.FramePadding.x would noticeably lag in the tab bar.
         // Additionally, when using TabBarAddTab() to manipulate tab bar order we occasionally insert new tabs that don't have a width yet,
         // and we cannot wait for the next BeginTabItem() call. We cannot compute this width within TabBarAddTab() because font size depends on the active window.
-        const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab);
+        const char* tab_name = TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab);
         const bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) == 0 || (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument);
         tab->ContentWidth = (tab->RequestedWidth >= 0.0f) ? tab->RequestedWidth : TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker).x;
 
@@ -7652,6 +7744,7 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
         {
             ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[section_tab_index + tab_n];
             tab->Offset = tab_offset;
+            tab->NameOffset = -1;
             tab_offset += tab->Width + (tab_n < section->TabCount - 1 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f);
         }
         tab_bar->WidthAllTabs += ImMax(section->Width + section->Spacing, 0.0f);
@@ -7659,6 +7752,9 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
         section_tab_index += section->TabCount;
     }
 
+    // Clear name buffers
+    tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.resize(0);
+
     // If we have lost the selected tab, select the next most recently active one
     if (found_selected_tab_id == false)
         tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0;
@@ -7690,10 +7786,6 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
     tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + sections[0].Width + sections[0].Spacing;
     tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing;
 
-    // Clear name buffers
-    if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0)
-        tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.resize(0);
-
     // Actual layout in host window (we don't do it in BeginTabBar() so as not to waste an extra frame)
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
     window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min;
@@ -7734,7 +7826,30 @@ ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id)
     return NULL;
 }
 
-// The *TabId fields be already set by the docking system _before_ the actual TabItem was created, so we clear them regardless.
+// Order = visible order, not submission order! (which is tab->BeginOrder)
+ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, int order)
+{
+    if (order < 0 || order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size)
+        return NULL;
+    return &tab_bar->Tabs[order];
+}
+
+ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarGetCurrentTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
+{
+    if (tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx <= 0 || tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size)
+        return NULL;
+    return &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx];
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::TabBarGetTabName(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab)
+{
+    if (tab->NameOffset == -1)
+        return "N/A";
+    IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset < tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.Size);
+    return tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset;
+}
+
+// The *TabId fields are already set by the docking system _before_ the actual TabItem was created, so we clear them regardless.
 void ImGui::TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id)
 {
     if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id))
@@ -7765,7 +7880,7 @@ void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab)
     {
         // Actually select before expecting closure attempt (on an UnsavedDocument tab user is expect to e.g. show a popup)
         if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId != tab->ID)
-            tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID;
+            TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab);
     }
 }
 
@@ -7786,7 +7901,7 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGui
 
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     float margin = g.FontSize * 1.0f; // When to scroll to make Tab N+1 visible always make a bit of N visible to suggest more scrolling area (since we don't have a scrollbar)
-    int order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab);
+    int order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab);
 
     // Scrolling happens only in the central section (leading/trailing sections are not scrolling)
     // FIXME: This is all confusing.
@@ -7810,7 +7925,12 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGui
     }
 }
 
-void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset)
+void ImGui::TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab)
+{
+    tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(offset != 0);
     IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0);
@@ -7818,7 +7938,7 @@ void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, in
     tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset = (ImS16)offset;
 }
 
-void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* src_tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos)
+void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* src_tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0);
@@ -7861,7 +7981,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
         return false;
 
     //IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); // <- this may happen when using debug tools
-    int tab2_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset;
+    int tab2_order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset;
     if (tab2_order < 0 || tab2_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size)
         return false;
 
@@ -7921,7 +8041,7 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
     if (select_dir != 0)
         if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_item = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->SelectedTabId))
         {
-            int selected_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab_item);
+            int selected_order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab_item);
             int target_order = selected_order + select_dir;
 
             // Skip tab item buttons until another tab item is found or end is reached
@@ -7973,7 +8093,7 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
             if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)
                 continue;
 
-            const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab);
+            const char* tab_name = TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab);
             if (Selectable(tab_name, tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID))
                 tab_to_select = tab;
         }
@@ -8137,9 +8257,9 @@ bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open,
     {
         if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0)
             if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0)
-                tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id;  // New tabs gets activated
+                TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); // New tabs gets activated
         if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // _SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar
-            tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id;
+            TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab);
     }
 
     // Lock visibility
@@ -8203,7 +8323,7 @@ bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open,
     bool hovered, held;
     bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
     if (pressed && !is_tab_button)
-        tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id;
+        TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab);
 
     // Allow the close button to overlap unless we are dragging (in which case we don't want any overlapping tabs to be hovered)
     if (g.ActiveId != id)
@@ -8244,9 +8364,8 @@ bool    ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open,
 
     // Select with right mouse button. This is so the common idiom for context menu automatically highlight the current widget.
     const bool hovered_unblocked = IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup);
-    if (hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1)))
+    if (hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1)) && !is_tab_button)
-        if (!is_tab_button)
+        TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab);
-            tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id;
 
     if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton)
         flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton;

libs/imgui/implot.cpp

@@ -122,6 +122,7 @@ You can read releases logs https://github.com/epezent/implot/releases for more d
 
 */
 
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #include "implot.h"
 #include "implot_internal.h"
 

libs/imgui/implot_internal.h

@@ -31,10 +31,6 @@
 
 #pragma once
 
-#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
-#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
-#endif
-
 #include <time.h>
 #include "imgui_internal.h"
 

libs/imgui/implot_items.cpp

@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
 
 // ImPlot v0.14
 
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
 #include "implot.h"
 #include "implot_internal.h"
 

src/gui.zig

@@ -50,6 +50,17 @@ pub fn deinit() void {
         mem_allocator = null;
     }
 }
+pub fn initNoContext(allocator: std.mem.Allocator) void {
+    if (temp_buffer == null) {
+        temp_buffer = std.ArrayList(u8).init(allocator);
+        temp_buffer.?.resize(3 * 1024 + 1) catch unreachable;
+    }
+}
+pub fn deinitNoContext() void {
+    if (temp_buffer) |buf| {
+        buf.deinit();
+    }
+}
 extern fn zguiCreateContext(shared_font_atlas: ?*const anyopaque) Context;
 extern fn zguiDestroyContext(ctx: ?Context) void;
 extern fn zguiGetCurrentContext() ?Context;
@@ -92,16 +103,17 @@ extern fn zguiSetAllocatorFunctions(
     free_func: ?*const fn (?*anyopaque, ?*anyopaque) callconv(.C) void,
 ) void;
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-pub const ConfigFlags = enum(u32) {
+pub const ConfigFlags = packed struct(u32) {
-    none = 0,
+    nav_enable_keyboard: bool = false,
-    nav_enable_keyboard = 1 << 0,
+    nav_enable_gamepad: bool = false,
-    nav_enable_gamepad = 1 << 1,
+    nav_enable_set_mouse_pos: bool = false,
-    nav_enable_set_mouse_pos = 1 << 2,
+    nav_no_capture_keyboard: bool = false,
-    nav_no_capture_keyboard = 1 << 3,
+    no_mouse: bool = false,
-    no_mouse = 1 << 4,
+    no_mouse_cursor_change: bool = false,
-    no_mouse_cursor_change = 1 << 5,
+    user_storage: u14 = 0,
-    is_srgb = 1 << 20,
+    is_srgb: bool = false,
-    is_touch_screen = 1 << 21,
+    is_touch_screen: bool = false,
+    _padding: u10 = 0,
 };
 
 pub const FontConfig = extern struct {
@@ -787,6 +799,9 @@ pub const Style = extern struct {
     color_button_position: Direction,
     button_text_align: [2]f32,
     selectable_text_align: [2]f32,
+    separator_text_border_size: f32,
+    separator_text_align: [2]f32,
+    separator_text_padding: [2]f32,
     display_window_padding: [2]f32,
     display_safe_area_padding: [2]f32,
     mouse_cursor_scale: f32,
@@ -892,9 +907,16 @@ const PopStyleColor = struct {
 pub fn popStyleColor(args: PopStyleColor) void {
     zguiPopStyleColor(args.count);
 }
+/// `fn pushTextWrapPos(wrap_pos_x: f32) void`
+pub const pushTextWrapPos = zguiPushTextWrapPos;
+/// `fn popTextWrapPos() void`
+pub const popTextWrapPos = zguiPopTextWrapPos;
 extern fn zguiPushStyleColor4f(idx: StyleCol, col: *const [4]f32) void;
 extern fn zguiPushStyleColor1u(idx: StyleCol, col: u32) void;
 extern fn zguiPopStyleColor(count: i32) void;
+extern fn zguiPushTextWrapPos(wrap_pos_x: f32) void;
+extern fn zguiPopTextWrapPos() void;
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 pub const StyleVar = enum(u32) {
     alpha, // 1f
@@ -922,6 +944,9 @@ pub const StyleVar = enum(u32) {
     tab_rounding, // 1f
     button_text_align, // 2f
     selectable_text_align, // 2f
+    separator_text_border_size, // 1f
+    separator_text_align, // 2f
+    separator_text_padding, // 2f
 };
 const PushStyleVar1f = struct {
     idx: StyleVar,
@@ -972,6 +997,13 @@ extern fn zguiPushFont(font: Font) void;
 /// `void popFont() void`
 pub const popFont = zguiPopFont;
 extern fn zguiPopFont() void;
+
+pub fn getFontTexUvWhitePixel() [2]f32 {
+    var uv: [2]f32 = undefined;
+    zguiGetFontTexUvWhitePixel(&uv);
+    return uv;
+}
+extern fn zguiGetFontTexUvWhitePixel(uv: *[2]f32) void;
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 const BeginDisabled = struct {
@@ -992,6 +1024,11 @@ extern fn zguiEndDisabled() void;
 /// `pub fn separator() void`
 pub const separator = zguiSeparator;
 extern fn zguiSeparator() void;
+
+pub fn separatorText(label: [:0]const u8) void {
+    zguiSeparatorText(label);
+}
+extern fn zguiSeparatorText(label: [*:0]const u8) void;
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 const SameLine = struct {
     offset_from_start_x: f32 = 0.0,
@@ -2041,6 +2078,7 @@ pub const InputTextFlags = packed struct(u32) {
 };
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 pub const InputTextCallbackData = extern struct {
+    ctx: *Context,
     event_flag: InputTextFlags,
     flags: InputTextFlags,
     user_data: ?*anyopaque,
@@ -3047,6 +3085,15 @@ pub fn menuItem(label: [:0]const u8, args: MenuItem) bool {
     return zguiMenuItem(label, if (args.shortcut) |s| s.ptr else null, args.selected, args.enabled);
 }
 
+const MenuItemPtr = struct {
+    shortcut: ?[:0]const u8 = null,
+    selected: *bool,
+    enabled: bool = true,
+};
+pub fn menuItemPtr(label: [:0]const u8, args: MenuItemPtr) bool {
+    return zguiMenuItemPtr(label, if (args.shortcut) |s| s.ptr else null, args.selected, args.enabled);
+}
+
 extern fn zguiBeginMenuBar() bool;
 extern fn zguiEndMenuBar() void;
 extern fn zguiBeginMainMenuBar() bool;
@@ -3054,6 +3101,7 @@ extern fn zguiEndMainMenuBar() void;
 extern fn zguiBeginMenu(label: [*:0]const u8, enabled: bool) bool;
 extern fn zguiEndMenu() void;
 extern fn zguiMenuItem(label: [*:0]const u8, shortcut: ?[*:0]const u8, selected: bool, enabled: bool) bool;
+extern fn zguiMenuItemPtr(label: [*:0]const u8, shortcut: ?[*:0]const u8, selected: *bool, enabled: bool) bool;
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 //
 // Popups
@@ -3063,11 +3111,13 @@ extern fn zguiMenuItem(label: [*:0]const u8, shortcut: ?[*:0]const u8, selected:
 pub const beginTooltip = zguiBeginTooltip;
 /// `pub fn endTooltip() void`
 pub const endTooltip = zguiEndTooltip;
-extern fn zguiBeginTooltip() void;
+extern fn zguiBeginTooltip() bool;
 extern fn zguiEndTooltip() void;
 
 /// `pub fn beginPopupContextWindow() bool`
 pub const beginPopupContextWindow = zguiBeginPopupContextWindow;
+/// `pub fn beginPopupContextItem() bool`
+pub const beginPopupContextItem = zguiBeginPopupContextItem;
 pub const PopupFlags = packed struct(u32) {
     mouse_button_left: bool = false,
     mouse_button_right: bool = false,
@@ -3092,6 +3142,7 @@ pub const endPopup = zguiEndPopup;
 /// `pub fn closeCurrentPopup() void`
 pub const closeCurrentPopup = zguiCloseCurrentPopup;
 extern fn zguiBeginPopupContextWindow() bool;
+extern fn zguiBeginPopupContextItem() bool;
 extern fn zguiBeginPopupModal(name: [*:0]const u8, popen: ?*bool, flags: WindowFlags) bool;
 extern fn zguiEndPopup() void;
 extern fn zguiOpenPopup(str_id: [*:0]const u8, flags: PopupFlags) void;
@@ -3323,6 +3374,8 @@ pub const DrawList = *opaque {
     extern fn zguiDrawList_GetIndexBufferLength(draw_list: DrawList) i32;
     pub const getIndexBufferData = zguiDrawList_GetIndexBufferData;
     extern fn zguiDrawList_GetIndexBufferData(draw_list: DrawList) [*]const DrawIdx;
+    pub const getCurrentIndex = zguiDrawList_GetCurrentIndex;
+    extern fn zguiDrawList_GetCurrentIndex(draw_list: DrawList) u32;
 
     pub const getCmdBufferLength = zguiDrawList_GetCmdBufferLength;
     extern fn zguiDrawList_GetCmdBufferLength(draw_list: DrawList) i32;

src/main.zig

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 // named parameters and Zig style text formatting.
 //
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-pub const version = @import("std").SemanticVersion{ .major = 0, .minor = 9, .patch = 5 };
+pub const version = @import("std").SemanticVersion{ .major = 0, .minor = 9, .patch = 6 };
 
 pub usingnamespace @import("gui.zig");
 pub const plot = @import("plot.zig");

src/zgui.cpp

@@ -1,7 +1,11 @@
 #include "./imgui/imgui.h"
 #include "./imgui/implot.h"
 
-#define ZGUI_API extern "C"
+#ifndef ZGUI_API
+#define ZGUI_API
+#endif
+
+extern "C" {
 
 /*
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -174,6 +178,10 @@ ZGUI_API void zguiSeparator(void) {
     ImGui::Separator();
 }
 
+ZGUI_API void zguiSeparatorText(const char* label) {
+    ImGui::SeparatorText(label);
+}
+
 ZGUI_API void zguiSameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing) {
     ImGui::SameLine(offset_from_start_x, spacing);
 }
@@ -1052,6 +1060,12 @@ ZGUI_API float zguiGetFontSize(void) {
     return ImGui::GetFontSize();
 }
 
+ZGUI_API void zguiGetFontTexUvWhitePixel(float uv[2]) {
+    const ImVec2 cs = ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel();
+    uv[0] = cs[0];
+    uv[1] = cs[1];
+}
+
 ZGUI_API void zguiPushFont(ImFont* font) {
     ImGui::PushFont(font);
 }
@@ -1369,6 +1383,10 @@ ZGUI_API void zguiPushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x) {
     ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(wrap_pos_x);
 }
 
+ZGUI_API void zguiPopTextWrapPos(void) {
+    ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
+}
+
 ZGUI_API bool zguiBeginTabBar(const char* string, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags) {
     return ImGui::BeginTabBar(string, flags);
 }
@@ -1417,8 +1435,12 @@ ZGUI_API bool zguiMenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selecte
     return ImGui::MenuItem(label, shortcut, selected, enabled);
 }
 
-ZGUI_API void zguiBeginTooltip(void) {
+ZGUI_API bool zguiMenuItemPtr(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* selected, bool enabled) {
-    ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+    return ImGui::MenuItem(label, shortcut, selected, enabled);
+}
+
+ZGUI_API bool zguiBeginTooltip(void) {
+    return ImGui::BeginTooltip();
 }
 
 ZGUI_API void zguiEndTooltip(void) {
@@ -1429,6 +1451,10 @@ ZGUI_API bool zguiBeginPopupContextWindow(void) {
     return ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow();
 }
 
+ZGUI_API bool zguiBeginPopupContextItem(void) {
+    return ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem();
+}
+
 ZGUI_API bool zguiBeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) {
     return ImGui::BeginPopupModal(name, p_open, flags);
 }
@@ -1601,6 +1627,9 @@ ZGUI_API int zguiDrawList_GetIndexBufferLength(ImDrawList *draw_list) {
 ZGUI_API ImDrawIdx *zguiDrawList_GetIndexBufferData(ImDrawList *draw_list) {
     return draw_list->IdxBuffer.begin();
 }
+ZGUI_API unsigned int zguiDrawList_GetCurrentIndex(ImDrawList *draw_list) {
+    return draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
+}
 
 ZGUI_API int zguiDrawList_GetCmdBufferLength(ImDrawList *draw_list) {
     return draw_list->CmdBuffer.size();
@@ -2283,3 +2312,4 @@ ZGUI_API void zguiPlot_EndPlot(void) {
     ImPlot::EndPlot();
 }
 //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+} /* extern "C" */